Math Content Standards

Key Ideas and Details

1. With prompting and support, ask and answer questions about key details in a text.


1. With prompting and support, ask and answer questions about key details in a text.



Print Concepts

1. Demonstrate understanding of the organization and basic features of print. a) Follow words from left to right, top to bottom, and page by page. b) Recognize that spoken words are represented in written language by specific sequences of letters. c) Understand that words are separated by spaces in print. d) Recognize and name all upper- and lowercase letters of the alphabet.



Text Type and Purposes

1. Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to compose opinion pieces in which they tell a reader the topic or the name of the book they are writing about and state an opinion or preference about the topic or book (e.g., My favorite book is . . .).



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Participate in collaborative conversations with diverse partners about kindergarten topics and texts with peers and adults in small and larger groups. a) Follow agreed-upon rules for discussions (e.g., listening to others and taking turns speaking about the topics and texts under discussion). b) Continue a conversation through multiple exchanges.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Print many upper- and lowercase letters. b) Use frequently occurring nouns and verbs. c) Form regular plural nouns orally by adding /s/ or /es/ (e.g., dog, dogs; wish, wishes). d) Understand and use question words (interrogatives) (e.g., who, what, where, when, why, how). e) Use the most frequently occurring prepositions (e.g., to, from, in, out, on, off, for, of, by, with). f) Produce and expand complete sentences in shared language activities.



Key Ideas and Details

1. With prompting and support, ask and answer questions about key details in a text.


1. With prompting and support, ask and answer questions about key details in a text.



Print Concepts

1. Demonstrate understanding of the organization and basic features of print. a) Follow words from left to right, top to bottom, and page by page. b) Recognize that spoken words are represented in written language by specific sequences of letters. c) Understand that words are separated by spaces in print. d) Recognize and name all upper- and lowercase letters of the alphabet.



Text Type and Purposes

1. Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to compose opinion pieces in which they tell a reader the topic or the name of the book they are writing about and state an opinion or preference about the topic or book (e.g., My favorite book is . . .).



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Participate in collaborative conversations with diverse partners about kindergarten topics and texts with peers and adults in small and larger groups. a) Follow agreed-upon rules for discussions (e.g., listening to others and taking turns speaking about the topics and texts under discussion). b) Continue a conversation through multiple exchanges.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Print many upper- and lowercase letters. b) Use frequently occurring nouns and verbs. c) Form regular plural nouns orally by adding /s/ or /es/ (e.g., dog, dogs; wish, wishes). d) Understand and use question words (interrogatives) (e.g., who, what, where, when, why, how). e) Use the most frequently occurring prepositions (e.g., to, from, in, out, on, off, for, of, by, with). f) Produce and expand complete sentences in shared language activities.



Key Ideas and Details

2. With prompting and support, retell familiar stories, including key details.


2. With prompting and support, identify the main topic and retell key details of a text.



Phonological Awareness

2. Demonstrate understanding of spoken words, syllables, and sounds (phonemes). a) Recognize and produce rhyming words. b) Count, pronounce, blend, and segment syllables in spoken words. c) Blend and segment onsets and rimes of single-syllable spoken words. d) Isolate and pronounce the initial, medial vowel, and final sounds (phonemes) in three-phoneme (consonant-vowel-consonant, or CVC) words. (This does not include CVCs ending with /l/, /r/, or /x/.) Note: Words, syllables, or phonemes written in /slashes/ refer to their pronunciation or phonology. Thus, /CVC/ is a word with three phonemes regardless of the number of letters in the spelling of the word. e) Add or substitute individual sounds (phonemes) in simple, one-syllable words to make new words. f) Blend two to three phonemes into recognizable words. CA



Text Type and Purposes

2. Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to compose informative/explanatory texts in which they name what they are writing about and supply some information about the topic.



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Confirm understanding of a text read aloud or information presented orally or through other media by asking and answering questions about key details and requesting clarification if something is not understood. a) Understand and follow one- and two-step oral directions. CA



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Capitalize the first word in a sentence and the pronoun I b) Recognize and name end punctuation. c) Write a letter or letters for most consonant and short-vowel sounds (phonemes). d) Spell simple words phonetically, drawing on knowledge of sound-letter relationships.



Key Ideas and Details

2. With prompting and support, retell familiar stories, including key details.


2. With prompting and support, identify the main topic and retell key details of a text.



Phonological Awareness

2. Demonstrate understanding of spoken words, syllables, and sounds (phonemes). a) Recognize and produce rhyming words. b) Count, pronounce, blend, and segment syllables in spoken words. c) Blend and segment onsets and rimes of single-syllable spoken words. d) Isolate and pronounce the initial, medial vowel, and final sounds (phonemes) in three-phoneme (consonant-vowel-consonant, or CVC) words. (This does not include CVCs ending with /l/, /r/, or /x/.) Note: Words, syllables, or phonemes written in /slashes/ refer to their pronunciation or phonology. Thus, /CVC/ is a word with three phonemes regardless of the number of letters in the spelling of the word. e) Add or substitute individual sounds (phonemes) in simple, one-syllable words to make new words.



Text Type and Purposes

2. Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to compose informative/explanatory texts in which they name what they are writing about and supply some information about the topic.



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Confirm understanding of a text read aloud or information presented orally or through other media by asking and answering questions about key details and requesting clarification if something is not understood.



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Capitalize the first word in a sentence and the pronoun I. b) Recognize and name end punctuation. c) Write a letter or letters for most consonant and short-vowel sounds (phonemes). d) Spell simple words phonetically, drawing on knowledge of sound-letter relationships.



Key Ideas and Details

3. With prompting and support, identify characters, settings, and major events in a story.


3. With prompting and support, describe the connection between two individuals, events, ideas, or pieces of information in a text.



Phonics and Word Recognition

3. Know and apply grade-level phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words both in isolation and in text. CA a) Demonstrate basic knowledge of one-to-one letter-sound correspondences by producing the primary sounds or many of the most frequent sound for each consonant. b) Associate the long and short sounds with common spellings (graphemes) for the five major vowels. Note: [Identify which letters represent the five major vowels (Aa, Ee, Ii, Oo, and Uu) and know the long and short sound of each vowel. More complex long vowel graphemes and spellings are targeted in the grade 1 phonics standards.] CA c) Read common high-frequency words by sight (e.g., the, of, to, you, she, my, is, are, do, does). d) Distinguish between similarly spelled words by identifying the sounds of the letters that differ.



Text Type and Purposes

3. Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to narrate a single event or several loosely linked events, tell about the events in the order in which they occurred, and provide a reaction to what happened.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Ask and answer questions in order to seek help, get information, or clarify something that is not understood.



Knowledge of Language

3. (Begins in grade 2)



Key Ideas and Details

3. With prompting and support, identify characters, settings, and major events in a story.


3. With prompting and support, describe the connection between two individuals, events, ideas, or pieces of information in a text.



Phonics and Word Recognition

3. Know and apply grade-level phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words. a) Demonstrate basic knowledge of one-to-one letter-sound correspondences by producing the primary or many of the most frequent sound for each consonant. b) Associate the long and short sounds with common spellings (graphemes) for the five major vowels. c) Read common high-frequency words by sight (e.g., the, of, to, you, she, my, is, are, do, does). d) Distinguish between similarly spelled words by identifying the sounds of the letters that differ.



Text Type and Purposes

3. Use a combination of drawing, dictating, and writing to narrate a single event or several loosely linked events, tell about the events in the order in which they occurred, and provide a reaction to what happened.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Ask and answer questions in order to seek help, get information, or clarify something that is not understood.



Knowledge of Language

3. (Begins in grade 2)



Craft and Structure

4. Ask and answer questions about unknown words in a text. (See grade K Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations.) CA


4. With prompting and support, ask and answer questions about unknown words in a text. (See grade K Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations.) CA



Fluency

4. Read emergent-reader texts with purpose and understanding.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. (Begins in grade 2) CA



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Describe familiar people, places, things, and events and, with prompting and support, provide additional detail.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on kindergarten reading and content. a) Identify new meanings for familiar words and apply them accurately (e.g., knowing duck is a bird and learning the verb to duck). b. Use the most frequently occurring inflections and affixes (e.g., -ed, -s, re-, un-, pre-, -ful, -less) as a clue to the meaning of an unknown word.



Craft and Structure

4. Ask and answer questions about unknown words in a text.


4. With prompting and support, ask and answer questions about unknown words in a text.



Fluency

4. Read emergent-reader texts with purpose and understanding.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. (Begins in grade 3)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Describe familiar people, places, things, and events and, with prompting and support, provide additional detail.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on kindergarten reading and content. a) Identify new meanings for familiar words and apply them accurately (e.g., knowing duck is a bird and learning the verb to duck). b) Use the most frequently occurring inflections and affixes (e.g., -ed, -s, re-, un-, pre-, -ful, -less) as a clue to the meaning of an unknown word.



Craft and Structure

5. Recognize common types of texts (e.g., storybooks, poems, fantasy, realistic text). CA


5. Identify the front cover, back cover, and title page of a book.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With guidance and support from adults, respond to questions and suggestions from peers and add details to strengthen writing as needed.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Add drawings or other visual displays to descriptions as desired to provide additional detail.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. With guidance and support from adults, explore word relationships and nuances in word meanings. a) Sort common objects into categories (e.g., shapes, foods) to gain a sense of the concepts the categories represent. b) Demonstrate understanding of frequently occurring verbs and adjectives by relating them to their opposites (antonyms). c) Identify real-life connections between words and their use (e.g., note places at school that are colorful). d) Distinguish shades of meaning among verbs describing the same general action (e.g., walk, march, strut, prance) by acting out the meanings.



Craft and Structure

5. Recognize common types of texts (e.g., storybooks, poems).


5. Identify the front cover, back cover, and title page of a book.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With guidance and support from adults, respond to questions and suggestions from peers and add details to strengthen writing as needed.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Add drawings or other visual displays to descriptions as desired to provide additional detail.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. With guidance and support from adults, explore word relationships and nuances in word meanings. a) Sort common objects into categories (e.g., shapes, foods) to gain a sense of the concepts the categories represent. b) Demonstrate understanding of frequently occurring verbs and adjectives by relating them to their opposites (antonyms). c) Identify real-life connections between words and their use (e.g., note places at school that are colorful). d) Distinguish shades of meaning among verbs describing the same general action (e.g., walk, march, strut, prance) by acting out the meanings.



Craft and Structure

6. With prompting and support, name the author and illustrator of a story and define the role of each in telling the story.


6. Name the author and illustrator of a text and define the role of each in presenting the ideas or information in a text.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. With guidance and support from adults, explore a variety of digital tools to produce and publish writing, including in collaboration with peers.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Speak audibly and express thoughts, feelings, and ideas clearly.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Use words and phrases acquired through conversations, reading and being read to, and responding to texts.



Craft and Structure

6. With prompting and support, name the author and illustrator of a story and define the role of each in telling the story.


6. Name the author and illustrator of a text and define the role of each in presenting the ideas or information in a text.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. With guidance and support from adults, explore a variety of digital tools to produce and publish writing, including in collaboration with peers.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Speak audibly and express thoughts, feelings, and ideas clearly.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Use words and phrases acquired through conversations, reading and being read to, and responding to texts.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. With prompting and support, describe the relationship between illustrations and the story in which they appear (e.g., what moment in a story an illustration depicts).


7. With prompting and support, describe the relationship between illustrations and the text in which they appear (e.g., what person, place, thing, or idea in the text an illustration depicts).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Participate in shared research and writing projects (e.g., explore a number of books by a favorite author and express opinions about them).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. With prompting and support, describe the relationship between illustrations and the story in which they appear (e.g., what moment in a story an illustration depicts).


7. With prompting and support, describe the relationship between illustrations and the text in which they appear (e.g., what person, place, thing, or idea in the text an illustration depicts).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Participate in shared research and writing projects (e.g., explore a number of books by a favorite author and express opinions about them).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. With prompting and support, identify the reasons an author gives to support points in a text.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. With guidance and support from adults, recall information from experiences or gather information from provided sources to answer a question.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. With prompting and support, identify the reasons an author gives to support points in a text.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. With guidance and support from adults, recall information from experiences or gather information from provided sources to answer a question.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. With prompting and support, compare and contrast the adventures and experiences of characters in familiar stories.


9. With prompting and support, identify basic similarities in and differences between two texts on the same topic (e.g., in illustrations, descriptions, or procedures).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. (Begins in grade 4)



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. With prompting and support, compare and contrast the adventures and experiences of characters in familiar stories.


9. With prompting and support, identify basic similarities in and differences between two texts on the same topic (e.g., in illustrations, descriptions, or procedures).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. (Begins in grade 4)



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. Actively engage in group reading activities with purpose and understanding. a) Activate prior knowledge related to the information and events in texts. CA b) Use illustrations and context to make predictions about text. CA


10. Actively engage in group reading activities with purpose and understanding. a) Activate prior knowledge related to the information and events in texts. CA b) Use illustrations and context to make predictions about text. CA



Range of Writing

10. (Begins in grade 2) CA



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. Actively engage in group reading activities with purpose and understanding.


10. Actively engage in group reading activities with purpose and understanding.



Range of Writing

10. (Begins in grade 3)



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: K


Counting and Cardinality


Know number names and the count sequence.

K.CC.1

1. Count to 100 by ones and by tens.


1. Count to 100 by ones and by tens.


K.CC.2

2. Count forward beginning from a given number within the known sequence (instead of having to begin at 1).



2. Count forward beginning from a given number within the known sequence (instead of having to begin at 1).


K.CC.3

3. Write numbers from 0 to 20. Represent a number of objects with a written numeral 0-20 (with 0 representing a count of no objects.


3. Write numbers from 0 to 20. Represent a number of objects with a written numeral 0-20 (with 0 representing a count of no objects.



Count to tell the number of objects.

K.CC.4

4. Understand the relationship between numbers and quantities; connect counting to cardinality. a. When counting objects, say the number names in the standard order, pairing each object with one and only one number name and each number name with one and only one object. b. Understand that the last number name said tells the number of objects counted. The number of objects is the same regardless of their arrangement or the order in which they were counted. c. Understand that each successive number name refers to a quantity that is one larger.


4. Understand the relationship between numbers and quantities; connect counting to cardinality. a. When counting objects, say the number names in the standard order, pairing each object with one and only one number name and each number name with one and only one object. b. Understand that the last number name said tells the number of objects counted. The number of objects is the same regardless of their arrangement or the order in which they were counted. c. Understand that each successive number name refers to a quantity that is one larger.


K.CC.5

5. Count to answer “how many?” questions about as many as 20 things arranged in a line, a rectangular array, or a circle, or as many as 10 things in a scattered configuration; given a number from 1-20, count out that many objects.



5. Count to answer “how many?” questions about as many as 20 things arranged in a line, a rectangular array, or a circle, or as many as 10 things in a scattered configuration; given a number from 1-20, count out that many objects.



Compare numbers.

K.CC.6

6. Identify whether the number of objects in one group is greater than, less than, or equal to the number of objects in another group, e.g., by using matching and counting strategies. (Include groups with up to ten objects.)


6. Identify whether the number of objects in one group is greater than, less than, or equal to the number of objects in another group, e.g., by using matching and counting strategies. (Include groups with up to ten objects.)


K.CC.7

7. Compare two numbers between 1 and 10 presented as written numerals.



7. Compare two numbers between 1 and 10 presented as written numerals.



Operations and Algebraic Thinking


Understand addition as putting together and adding to, and understand subtraction as taking apart and taking from.

K.OA.1

1. Represent addition and subtraction with objects, fingers, mental images, drawings (drawings need not show details, but should show the mathematics in the problem - this applies wherever drawings are mentioned in the Standards), sounds (e.g., claps), acting out situations, verbal explanations, expressions, or equations.


1. Represent addition and subtraction with objects, fingers, mental images, drawings (drawings need not show details, but should show the mathematics in the problem - this applies wherever drawings are mentioned in the Standards), sounds (e.g., claps), acting out situations, verbal explanations, expressions, or equations.


K.OA.2

2. Solve addition and subtraction word problems, and add and subtract within 10, e.g., by using objects or drawings to represent the problem.



2. Solve addition and subtraction word problems, and add and subtract within 10, e.g., by using objects or drawings to represent the problem.


K.OA.3

3. Decompose numbers less than or equal to 10 into pairs in more than one way, e.g., by using objects or drawings, and record each decomposition by a drawing or equation (e.g., 5 = 2 + 3 and 5 = 4 + 1).


3. Decompose numbers less than or equal to 10 into pairs in more than one way, e.g., by using objects or drawings, and record each decomposition by a drawing or equation (e.g., 5 = 2 + 3 and 5 = 4 + 1).



K.OA.4

4. For any number from 1 to 9, find the number that makes 10 when added to the given number, e.g., by using objects or drawings, and record the answer with a drawing or equation.


4. For any number from 1 to 9, find the number that makes 10 when added to the given number, e.g., by using objects or drawings, and record the answer with a drawing or equation.


K.OA.5

5. Fluently add and subtract within 5.



5. Fluently add and subtract within 5.



Number and Operations in Base Ten


Work with numbers 11-19 to gain foundations for place value.

K.NBT.1

1. Compose and decompose numbers from 11 to 19 into ten ones and some further ones, e.g., by using objects or drawings, and record each composition or decomposition by a drawing or equation (e.g., 18 = 10 + 8); understand that these numbers are composed of ten ones and one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, or nine ones.


1. Compose and decompose numbers from 11 to 19 into ten ones and some further ones, e.g., by using objects or drawings, and record each composition or decomposition by a drawing or equation (e.g., 18 = 10 + 8); understand that these numbers are composed of ten ones and one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, or nine ones.



Measurement and Data


Describe and compare measurable attributes

K.MD.1

1. Describe measurable attributes of objects, such as length or weight. Describe several measurable attributes of a single object.


1. Describe measurable attributes of objects, such as length or weight. Describe several measurable attributes of a single object.


K.MD.2

2. Directly compare two objects with a measurable attribute in common, to see which object has “more of”/“less of” the attribute, and describe the difference. For example, directly compare the heights of two children and describe one child as taller/shorter.



2. Directly compare two objects with a measurable attribute in common, to see which object has “more of”/“less of” the attribute, and describe the difference. For example, directly compare the heights of two children and describe one child as taller/shorter.



Classify objects and count the number of objects in each category.

K.MD.3

3. Classify objects into given categories; count the numbers of objects in each category and sort the categories by count. (Limit category counts to be less than or equal to 10.)


3. Classify objects into given categories; count the numbers of objects in each category and sort the categories by count. (Limit category counts to be less than or equal to 10.)



Geometry


Identify and describe shapes (squares, circles, triangles, rectangles, hexagons, cubes, cones, cylinders, and spheres).

K.G.1

1. Describe objects in the environment using names of shapes, and describe the relative positions of these objects using terms such as above, below, beside, in front of, behind, and next to.


1. Describe objects in the environment using names of shapes, and describe the relative positions of these objects using terms such as above, below, beside, in front of, behind, and next to.


K.G.2

2. Correctly name shapes regardless of their orientations or overall size.



2. Correctly name shapes regardless of their orientations or overall size.


K.G.3

3. Identify shapes as two-dimensional (lying in a plane, “flat”) or three-dimensional (“solid”).


3. Identify shapes as two-dimensional (lying in a plane, “flat”) or three-dimensional (“solid”).



Analyze, compare, create, and compose shapes.

K.G.4

4. Analyze and compare two- and three-dimensional shapes, in different sizes and orientations, using informal language to describe their similarities, differences, parts (e.g., number of sides and vertices/“corners”) and other attributes (e.g., having sides of equal length).


4. Analyze and compare two- and three-dimensional shapes, in different sizes and orientations, using informal language to describe their similarities, differences, parts (e.g., number of sides and vertices/“corners”) and other attributes (e.g., having sides of equal length).


K.G.5

5. Model shapes in the world by building shapes from components (e.g., sticks and clay balls) and drawing shapes.



5. Model shapes in the world by building shapes from components (e.g., sticks and clay balls) and drawing shapes.


K.G.6

6. Compose simple shapes to form larger shapes. For example, “Can you join these two triangles with full sides touching to make a rectangle?”


6. Compose simple shapes to form larger shapes. For example, “Can you join these two triangles with full sides touching to make a rectangle?”



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: 1



Key Ideas and Details

1. Ask and answer questions about key details in a text.


1. Ask and answer questions about key details in a text.



Print Concepts

1. Demonstrate understanding of the organization and basic features of print. a) Recognize the distinguishing features of a sentence (e.g., first word, capitalization, ending punctuation).



Text Type and Purposes

1. Write opinion pieces in which they introduce the topic or name the book they are writing about, state an opinion, supply a reason for the opinion, and provide some sense of closure.



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Participate in collaborative conversations with diverse partners about grade 1 topics and texts with peers and adults in small and larger groups. a) Follow agreed-upon rules for discussions (e.g., listening to others with care, speaking one at a time about the topics and texts under discussion). b) Build on others’ talk in conversations by responding to the comments of others through multiple exchanges. c) Ask questions to clear up any confusion about the topics and texts under discussion.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Print all upper- and lowercase letters. b) Use common, proper, and possessive nouns. c) Use singular and plural nouns with matching verbs in basic sentences (e.g., He hops; We hop). d) Use personal (subject, object) , possessive, and indefinite pronouns (e.g., I, me, my; they, them, their, anyone, everything). CA e) Use verbs to convey a sense of past, present, and future (e.g., Yesterday I walked home; Today I walk home; Tomorrow I will walk home). f) Use frequently occurring adjectives. g) Use frequently occurring conjunctions (e.g., and, but, or, so, because). h) Use determiners (e.g., articles, demonstratives). i) Use frequently occurring prepositions (e.g., during, beyond, toward). j) Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative, interrogative, imperative, and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts.



Key Ideas and Details

1. Ask and answer questions about key details in a text.


1. Ask and answer questions about key details in a text.



Print Concepts

1. Demonstrate understanding of the organization and basic features of print. a) Recognize the distinguishing features of a sentence (e.g., first word, capitalization, ending punctuation).



Text Type and Purposes

1. Write opinion pieces in which they introduce the topic or name the book they are writing about, state an opinion, supply a reason for the opinion, and provide some sense of closure.



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Participate in collaborative conversations with diverse partners about grade 1 topics and texts with peers and adults in small and larger groups. a) Follow agreed-upon rules for discussions (e.g., listening to others with care, speaking one at a time about the topics and texts under discussion). b) Build on others’ talk in conversations by responding to the comments of others through multiple exchanges. c) Ask questions to clear up any confusion about the topics and texts under discussion.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Print all upper- and lowercase letters. b) Use common, proper, and possessive nouns. c) Use singular and plural nouns with matching verbs in basic sentences (e.g., He hops; We hop). d) Use personal, possessive, and indefinite pronouns (e.g., I, me, my; they, them, their, anyone, everything). e) Use verbs to convey a sense of past, present, and future (e.g., Yesterday I walked home; Today I walk home; Tomorrow I will walk home). f) Use frequently occurring adjectives. g) Use frequently occurring conjunctions (e.g., and, but, or, so, because). h) Use determiners (e.g., articles, demonstratives). i) Use frequently occurring prepositions (e.g., during, beyond, toward). j) Produce and expand complete simple and compound declarative, interrogative, imperative, and exclamatory sentences in response to prompts.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Retell stories, including key details, and demonstrate understanding of their central message or lesson.


2. Identify the main topic and retell key details of a text.



Phonological Awareness

2. Demonstrate understanding of spoken words, syllables, and sounds (phonemes). a) Distinguish long from short vowel sounds in spoken single-syllable words. b) Orally produce single-syllable words by blending sounds (phonemes), including consonant blends. c) Isolate and pronounce initial, medial vowel, and final sounds (phonemes) in spoken single-syllable words. d) Segment spoken single-syllable words into their complete sequence of individual sounds (phonemes).



Text Type and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts in which they name a topic, supply some facts about the topic, and provide some sense of closure.



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Ask and answer questions about key details in a text read aloud or information presented orally or through other media. a) Give, restate, and follow simple two-step directions. CA



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Capitalize dates and names of people. b) Use end punctuation for sentences. c) Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series. d) Use conventional spelling for words with common spelling patterns and for frequently occurring irregular words. e) Spell untaught words phonetically, drawing on phonemic awareness and spelling conventions.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Retell stories, including key details, and demonstrate understanding of their central message or lesson.


2. Identify the main topic and retell key details of a text.



Phonological Awareness

2. Demonstrate understanding of spoken words, syllables, and sounds (phonemes). a) Distinguish long from short vowel sounds in spoken single-syllable words. b) Orally produce single-syllable words by blending sounds (phonemes), including consonant blends. c) Isolate and pronounce initial, medial vowel, and final sounds (phonemes) in spoken single-syllable words. d) Segment spoken single-syllable words into their complete sequence of individual sounds (phonemes).



Text Type and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts in which they name a topic, supply some facts about the topic, and provide some sense of closure.



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Ask and answer questions about key details in a text read aloud or information presented orally or through other media.



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Capitalize dates and names of people. b) Use end punctuation for sentences. c) Use commas in dates and to separate single words in a series. d) Use conventional spelling for words with common spelling patterns and for frequently occurring irregular words. e) Spell untaught words phonetically, drawing on phonemic awareness and spelling conventions.



Key Ideas and Details

3. Describe characters, settings, and major events in a story, using key details.


3. Describe the connection between two individuals, events, ideas, or pieces of information in a text.



Phonics and Word Recognition

3. Know and apply grade-level phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words both in isolation and in text. CA a) Know the spelling-sound correspondences for common consonant digraphs. b) Decode regularly spelled one-syllable words. c) Know final -e and common vowel team conventions for representing long vowel sounds. d) Use knowledge that every syllable must have a vowel sound to determine the number of syllables in a printed word. e) Decode two-syllable words following basic patterns by breaking the words into syllables. f) Read words with inflectional endings. g) Recognize and read grade-appropriate irregularly spelled words.



Text Type and Purposes

3. Write narratives in which they recount two or more appropriately sequenced events, include some details regarding what happened, use temporal words to signal event order, and provide some sense of closure. CA



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Ask and answer questions about what a speaker says in order to gather additional information or clarify something that is not understood.



Knowledge of Language

3. (Begins in grade 2)



Key Ideas and Details

3. Describe characters, settings, and major events in a story, using key details.


3. Describe the connection between two individuals, events, ideas, or pieces of information in a text.



Phonics and Word Recognition

3. Know and apply grade-level phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words. a) Know the spelling-sound correspondences for common consonant digraphs. b) Decode regularly spelled one-syllable words. c) Know final -e and common vowel team conventions for representing long vowel sounds. d) Use knowledge that every syllable must have a vowel sound to determine the number of syllables in a printed word. e) Decode two-syllable words following basic patterns by breaking the words into syllables. f) Read words with inflectional endings. g) Recognize and read grade-appropriate irregularly spelled words.



Text Type and Purposes

3. Write narratives in which they recount two or more appropriately sequenced events, include some details regarding what happened, use temporal words to signal event order, and provide some sense of closure.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Ask and answer questions about what a speaker says in order to gather additional information or clarify something that is not understood.



Knowledge of Language

3. (Begins in grade 2)



Craft and Structure

4. Identify words and phrases in stories or poems that suggest feelings or appeal to the senses. (See grade 1 Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations.) CA


4. Ask and answer questions to help determine or clarify the meaning of words and phrases in a text. (See grade 1 Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations.) CA



Fluency

4. Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension. a) Read on-level text with purpose and understanding. b) Read on-level text orally with accuracy, appropriate rate, and expression on successive readings. c) Use context to confirm or self-correct word recognition and understanding, rereading as necessary.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. (Begins in grade 2)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Describe people, places, things, and events with relevant details, expressing ideas and feelings clearly. a) Memorize and recite poems, rhymes, and songs with expression. CA



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on grade 1 reading and content, choosing flexibly from an array of strategies. a) Use sentence-level context as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase. b) Use frequently occurring affixes as a clue to the meaning of a word. c) Identify frequently occurring root words (e.g., look) and their inflectional forms (e.g., looks, looked, looking).



Craft and Structure

4. Identify words and phrases in stories or poems that suggest feelings or appeal to the senses.


4. Ask and answer questions to help determine or clarify the meaning of words and phrases in a text.



Fluency

4. Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension. a) Read on-level text with purpose and understanding. b) Read on-level text orally with accuracy, appropriate rate, and expression on successive readings. c) Use context to confirm or self-correct word recognition and understanding, rereading as necessary.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. (Begins in grade 3)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Describe people, places, things, and events with relevant details, expressing ideas and feelings clearly.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on grade 1 reading and content, choosing flexibly from an array of strategies. a) Use sentence-level context as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase. b) Use frequently occurring affixes as a clue to the meaning of a word. c) Identify frequently occurring root words (e.g., look) and their inflectional forms (e.g., looks, looked, looking).



Craft and Structure

5. Explain major differences between books that tell stories and books that give information, drawing on a wide reading of a range of text types.


5. Know and use various text structures (e.g., sequence) and text features (e.g., headings, tables of contents, glossaries, electronic menus, icons) to locate key facts or information in a text. CA



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With guidance and support from adults, focus on a topic, respond to questions and suggestions from peers, and add details to strengthen writing as needed.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Add drawings or other visual displays to descriptions when appropriate to clarify ideas, thoughts, and feelings.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. With guidance and support from adults, demonstrate understanding of word relationships and nuances in word meanings. a) Sort words into categories (e.g., colors, clothing) to gain a sense of the concepts the categories represent. b) Define words by category and by one or more key attributes (e.g., a duck is a bird that swims; a tiger is a large cat with stripes). c) Identify real-life connections between words and their use (e.g., note places at home that are cozy). d) Distinguish shades of meaning among verbs differing in manner (e.g., look, peek, glance, stare, glare, scowl) and adjectives differing in intensity (e.g., large, gigantic) by defining or choosing them or by acting out the meanings.



Craft and Structure

5. Explain major differences between books that tell stories and books that give information, drawing on a wide reading of a range of text types.


5. Know and use various text features (e.g., headings, tables of contents, glossaries, electronic menus, icons) to locate key facts or information in a text.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With guidance and support from adults, focus on a topic, respond to questions and suggestions from peers, and add details to strengthen writing as needed.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Add drawings or other visual displays to descriptions when appropriate to clarify ideas, thoughts, and feelings.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. With guidance and support from adults, demonstrate understanding of word relationships and nuances in word meanings. a) Sort words into categories (e.g., colors, clothing) to gain a sense of the concepts the categories represent. b) Define words by category and by one or more key attributes (e.g., a duck is a bird that swims; a tiger is a large cat with stripes). c) Identify real-life connections between words and their use (e.g., note places at home that are cozy). d) Distinguish shades of meaning among verbs differing in manner (e.g., look, peek, glance, stare, glare, scowl) and adjectives differing in intensity (e.g., large, gigantic) by defining or choosing them or by acting out the meanings.



Craft and Structure

6. Identify who is telling the story at various points in a text.


6. Distinguish between information provided by pictures or other illustrations and information provided by the words in a text.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. With guidance and support from adults, use a variety of digital tools to produce and publish writing, including in collaboration with peers.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Produce complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation. (See grade 1 Language standards 1 and 3 for specific expectations.).



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Use words and phrases acquired through conversations, reading and being read to, and responding to texts, including using frequently occurring conjunctions to signal simple relationships (e.g., because).



Craft and Structure

6. Identify who is telling the story at various points in a text.


6. Distinguish between information provided by pictures or other illustrations and information provided by the words in a text.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. With guidance and support from adults, use a variety of digital tools to produce and publish writing, including in collaboration with peers.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Produce complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation. (See grade 1 Language standards 1 and 3 for specific expectations.).



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Use words and phrases acquired through conversations, reading and being read to, and responding to texts, including using frequently occurring conjunctions to signal simple relationships (e.g., because).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Use illustrations and details in a story to describe its characters, setting, or events.


7. Use the illustrations and details in a text to describe its key ideas.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Participate in shared research and writing projects (e.g., explore a number of “how-to” books on a given topic and use them to write a sequence of instructions).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Use illustrations and details in a story to describe its characters, setting, or events.


7. Use the illustrations and details in a text to describe its key ideas.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Participate in shared research and writing projects (e.g., explore a number of “how-to” books on a given topic and use them to write a sequence of instructions).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. Identify the reasons an author gives to support points in a text.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. With guidance and support from adults, recall information from experiences or gather information from provided sources to answer a question.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. Identify the reasons an author gives to support points in a text.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. With guidance and support from adults, recall information from experiences or gather information from provided sources to answer a question.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Compare and contrast the adventures and experiences of characters in stories.


9. Identify basic similarities in and differences between two texts on the same topic (e.g., in illustrations, descriptions, or procedures).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. (Begins in grade 4)



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Compare and contrast the adventures and experiences of characters in stories.


9. Identify basic similarities in and differences between two texts on the same topic (e.g., in illustrations, descriptions, or procedures).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. (Begins in grade 4)



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. With prompting and support, read prose and poetry of appropriate complexity for grade 1. a) Activate prior knowledge related to the information and events in a text. CA b) Confirm predictions about what will happen next in a text. CA


10. With prompting and support, read informational texts appropriately complex for grade 1. a) Activate prior knowledge related to the information and events in a text. CA b) Confirm predictions about what will happen next in a text. CA



Range of Writing

10. (Begins in grade 2) CA



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. With prompting and support, read prose and poetry of appropriate complexity for grade 1.


10. With prompting and support, read informational texts appropriately complex for grade 1.



Range of Writing

10. (Begins in grade 3)



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: 1


Operations and Algebraic Thinking


Represent and solve problems involving addition and subtraction.

1.OA.1

1. Use addition and subtraction within 20 to solve word problems involving situations of adding to, taking from, putting together, taking apart, and comparing, with unknowns in all positions, e.g., by using objects, drawings, and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem. (See Glossary, Table 1.)


1. Use addition and subtraction within 20 to solve word problems involving situations of adding to, taking from, putting together, taking apart, and comparing, with unknowns in all positions, e.g., by using objects, drawings, and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem. (See Glossary, Table 1.)


1.OA.2

2. Solve word problems that call for addition of three whole numbers whose sum is less than or equal to 20, e.g., by using objects, drawings, and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem.



2. Solve word problems that call for addition of three whole numbers whose sum is less than or equal to 20, e.g., by using objects, drawings, and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem.



Understand and apply properties of operations and the relationship between addition and subtractions.

1.OA.3

3. Apply properties of operations as strategies to add and subtract. (Students need not use formal terms for these properties.) Examples: If 8 + 3 = 11 is known, then 3 + 8 = 11 is also known. (Commutative property of addition.) To add 2 + 6 + 4, the second two numbers can be added to make a ten, so 2 + 6 + 4 = 2 + 10 = 12. (Associative property of addition.)


3. Apply properties of operations as strategies to add and subtract. (Students need not use formal terms for these properties.) Examples: If 8 + 3 = 11 is known, then 3 + 8 = 11 is also known. (Commutative property of addition.) To add 2 + 6 + 4, the second two numbers can be added to make a ten, so 2 + 6 + 4 = 2 + 10 = 12. (Associative property of addition.)


1.OA.4

4. Understand subtraction as an unknown-addend problem. For example, subtract 10 - 8 by finding the number that makes 10 when added to 8.



4. Understand subtraction as an unknown-addend problem. For example, subtract 10 - 8 by finding the number that makes 10 when added to 8.



Add and subtract within 20.

1.OA.5

5. Relate counting to addition and subtraction (e.g., by counting on 2 to add 2).


5. Relate counting to addition and subtraction (e.g., by counting on 2 to add 2).


1.OA.5

5.



1.OA.6

6. Add and subtract within 20, demonstrating fluency for addition and subtraction within 10. Use strategies such as counting on; making ten (e.g., 8 + 6 = 8 + 2 + 4 = 10 + 4 = 14); decomposing a number leading to a ten (e.g., 13 - 4 = 13 - 3 - 1 = 10 - 1 = 9); using the relationship between addition and subtraction (e.g., knowing that 8 + 4 = 12, one knows 12 - 8 = 4); and creating equivalent but easier or known sums (e.g., adding 6 + 7 by creating the known equivalent 6 + 6 + 1 = 12 + 1 = 13).


6. Add and subtract within 20, demonstrating fluency for addition and subtraction within 10. Use strategies such as counting on; making ten (e.g., 8 + 6 = 8 + 2 + 4 = 10 + 4 = 14); decomposing a number leading to a ten (e.g., 13 - 4 = 13 - 3 - 1 = 10 - 1 = 9); using the relationship between addition and subtraction (e.g., knowing that 8 + 4 = 12, one knows 12 - 8 = 4); and creating equivalent but easier or known sums (e.g., adding 6 + 7 by creating the known equivalent 6 + 6 + 1 = 12 + 1 = 13).



Work with addition and subtraction equations.

1.OA.7

7. Understand the meaning of the equal sign, and determine if equations involving addition and subtraction are true or false. For example, which of the following equations are true and which are false? 6 = 6, 7 = 8 - 1, 5 + 2 = 2 + 5, 4 + 1 = 5 + 2.


7. Understand the meaning of the equal sign, and determine if equations involving addition and subtraction are true or false. For example, which of the following equations are true and which are false? 6 = 6, 7 = 8 - 1, 5 + 2 = 2 + 5, 4 + 1 = 5 + 2.


1.OA.8

8. Determine the unknown whole number in an addition or subtraction equation relating three whole numbers. For example, determine the unknown number that makes the equation true in each of the equations 8 + ? = 11, 5 = ? - 3, 6 + 6 = ?.



8. Determine the unknown whole number in an addition or subtraction equation relating three whole numbers. For example, determine the unknown number that makes the equation true in each of the equations 8 + ? = 11, 5 = ? - 3, 6 + 6 = ?.



Number and Operations in Base Ten


Extend the counting sequence.

1.NBT.1

1. Count to 120, starting at any number less than 120. In this range, read and write numerals and represent a number of objects with a written numeral.


1. Count to 120, starting at any number less than 120. In this range, read and write numerals and represent a number of objects with a written numeral.



Understand place value.

1.NBT.2

2. Understand that the two digits of a two-digit number represent amounts of tens and ones. Understand the following as special cases: a. 10 can be thought of as a bundle of ten ones — called a “ten.” b. The numbers from 11 to 19 are composed of a ten and one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, or nine ones. c. The numbers 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 refer to one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, or nine tens (and 0 ones).


2. Understand that the two digits of a two-digit number represent amounts of tens and ones. Understand the following as special cases: a. 10 can be thought of as a bundle of ten ones — called a “ten.” b. The numbers from 11 to 19 are composed of a ten and one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, or nine ones. c. The numbers 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 refer to one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, or nine tens (and 0 ones).


1.NBT.3

3. Compare two two-digit numbers based on meanings of the tens and ones digits, recording the results of comparisons with the symbols >, =, and <.



3. Compare two two-digit numbers based on meanings of the tens and ones digits, recording the results of comparisons with the symbols >, =, and <.



Use place value understanding and properties of operations to add and subtract.

1.NBT.4

4. Add within 100, including adding a two-digit number and a one-digit number, and adding a two-digit number and a multiple of 10, using concrete models or drawings and strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction; relate the strategy to a written method and explain the reasoning used. Understand that in adding two-digit numbers, one adds tens and tens, ones and ones; and sometimes it is necessary to compose a ten.


4. Add within 100, including adding a two-digit number and a one-digit number, and adding a two-digit number and a multiple of 10, using concrete models or drawings and strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction; relate the strategy to a written method and explain the reasoning used. Understand that in adding two-digit numbers, one adds tens and tens, ones and ones; and sometimes it is necessary to compose a ten.


1.NBT.5

5. Given a two-digit number, mentally find 10 more or 10 less than the number, without having to count; explain the reasoning used.



5. Given a two-digit number, mentally find 10 more or 10 less than the number, without having to count; explain the reasoning used.


1.NBT.6

6. Subtract multiples of 10 in the range 10-90 from multiples of 10 in the range 10-90 (positive or zero differences), using concrete models or drawings and strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction; relate the strategy to a written method and explain the reasoning used.


6. Subtract multiples of 10 in the range 10-90 from multiples of 10 in the range 10-90 (positive or zero differences), using concrete models or drawings and strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction; relate the strategy to a written method and explain the reasoning used.



Measurement and Data


Measure lengths indirectly and by iterating length units.

1.MD.1

1. Order three objects by length; compare the lengths of two objects indirectly by using a third object.


1. Order three objects by length; compare the lengths of two objects indirectly by using a third object.


1.MD.2

2. Express the length of an object as a whole number of length units, by laying multiple copies of a shorter object (the length unit) end to end; understand that the length measurement of an object is the number of same-size length units that span it with no gaps or overlaps. Limit to contexts where the object being measured is spanned by a whole number of length units with no gaps or overlaps.



2. Express the length of an object as a whole number of length units, by laying multiple copies of a shorter object (the length unit) end to end; understand that the length measurement of an object is the number of same-size length units that span it with no gaps or overlaps. Limit to contexts where the object being measured is spanned by a whole number of length units with no gaps or overlaps.



Tell and write time.

1.MD.3

3. Tell and write time in hours and half-hours using analog and digital clocks.


3. Tell and write time in hours and half-hours using analog and digital clocks.



Represent and interpret data.

1.MD.4

4. Organize, represent, and interpret data with up to three categories; ask and answer questions about the total number of data points, how many in each category, and how many more or less are in one category than in another.


4. Organize, represent, and interpret data with up to three categories; ask and answer questions about the total number of data points, how many in each category, and how many more or less are in one category than in another.



Geometry


Reason with shapes and their attributes.

1.G.1

1. Distinguish between defining attributes (e.g., triangles are closed and three-sided) versus non-defining attributes (e.g., color, orientation, overall size); build and draw shapes to possess defining attributes.


1. Distinguish between defining attributes (e.g., triangles are closed and three-sided) versus non-defining attributes (e.g., color, orientation, overall size); build and draw shapes to possess defining attributes.


1.G.2

2. Compose two-dimensional shapes (rectangles, squares, trapezoids, triangles, half-circles, and quarter-circles) or three-dimensional shapes (cubes, right rectangular prisms, right circular cones, and right circular cylinders) to create a composite shape, and compose new shapes from the composite shape. (Students do not need to learn formal names such as “right rectangular prism.”)



2. Compose two-dimensional shapes (rectangles, squares, trapezoids, triangles, half-circles, and quarter-circles) or three-dimensional shapes (cubes, right rectangular prisms, right circular cones, and right circular cylinders) to create a composite shape, and compose new shapes from the composite shape. (Students do not need to learn formal names such as “right rectangular prism.”)


1.G.3

3. Partition circles and rectangles into two and four equal shares, describe the shares using the words halves, fourths, and quarters, and use the phrases half of, fourth of, and quarter of. Describe the whole as two of, or four of the shares. Understand for these examples that decomposing into more equal shares creates smaller shares.


3. Partition circles and rectangles into two and four equal shares, describe the shares using the words halves, fourths, and quarters, and use the phrases half of, fourth of, and quarter of. Describe the whole as two of, or four of the shares. Understand for these examples that decomposing into more equal shares creates smaller shares.



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: 2



Key Ideas and Details

1. Ask and answer such questions as who, what, where, when, why, and how to demonstrate understanding of key details in a text.


1. Ask and answer such questions as who, what, where, when, why, and how to demonstrate understanding of key details in a text.



Text Type and Purposes

1. Write opinion pieces in which they introduce the topic or book they are writing about, state an opinion, supply reasons that support the opinion, use linking words (e.g., because, and, also) to connect opinion and reasons, and provide a concluding statement or section.



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Participate in collaborative conversations with diverse partners about grade 2 topics and texts with peers and adults in small and larger groups. a) Follow agreed-upon rules for discussions (e.g., gaining the floor in respectful ways, listening to others with care, speaking one at a time about the topics and texts under discussion). b) Build on others’ talk in conversations by linking their comments to the remarks of others. c) Ask for clarification and further explanation as needed about the topics and texts under discussion.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Use collective nouns (e.g., group). b) Form and use frequently occurring irregular plural nouns (e.g., feet, children, teeth, mice, fish). c) Use reflexive pronouns (e.g., myself, ourselves). d) Form and use the past tense of frequently occurring irregular verbs (e.g., sat, hid, told). e) Use adjectives and adverbs, and choose between them depending on what is to be modified. f) Produce, expand, and rearrange complete simple and compound sentences (e.g., The boy watched the movie; The little boy watched the movie; The action movie was watched by the little boy). g) Create readable documents with legible print. CA



Key Ideas and Details

1. Ask and answer such questions as who, what, where, when, why, and how to demonstrate understanding of key details in a text.


1. Ask and answer such questions as who, what, where, when, why, and how to demonstrate understanding of key details in a text.



Text Type and Purposes

1. Write opinion pieces in which they introduce the topic or book they are writing about, state an opinion, supply reasons that support the opinion, use linking words (e.g., because, and, also) to connect opinion and reasons, and provide a concluding statement or section.



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Participate in collaborative conversations with diverse partners about grade 2 topics and texts with peers and adults in small and larger groups. a) Follow agreed-upon rules for discussions (e.g., gaining the floor in respectful ways, listening to others with care, speaking one at a time about the topics and texts under discussion). b) Build on others’ talk in conversations by linking their comments to the remarks of others. c) Ask for clarification and further explanation as needed about the topics and texts under discussion.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Use collective nouns (e.g., group). b) Form and use frequently occurring irregular plural nouns (e.g., feet, children, teeth, mice, fish). c) Use reflexive pronouns (e.g., myself, ourselves). d) Form and use the past tense of frequently occurring irregular verbs (e.g., sat, hid, told). e) Use adjectives and adverbs, and choose between them depending on what is to be modified. f) Produce, expand, and rearrange complete simple and compound sentences (e.g., The boy watched the movie; The little boy watched the movie; The action movie was watched by the little boy).



Key Ideas and Details

2. Recount stories, including fables and folktales from diverse cultures, and determine their central message, lesson, or moral.


2. Identify the main topic of a multiparagraph text as well as the focus of specific paragraphs within the text.



Text Type and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts in which they introduce a topic, use facts and definitions to develop points, and provide a concluding statement or section.



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Recount or describe key ideas or details from a text read aloud or information presented orally or through other media. a) Give and follow three- and four-step oral directions. CA



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Capitalize holidays, product names, and geographic names. b) Use commas in greetings and closings of letters. c) Use an apostrophe to form contractions and frequently occurring possessives. d) Generalize learned spelling patterns when writing words (e.g., cage -> badge; boy -> boil). e) Consult reference materials, including beginning dictionaries, as needed to check and correct spellings.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Recount stories, including fables and folktales from diverse cultures, and determine their central message, lesson, or moral.


2. Identify the main topic of a multiparagraph text as well as the focus of specific paragraphs within the text.



Text Type and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts in which they introduce a topic, use facts and definitions to develop points, and provide a concluding statement or section.



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Recount or describe key ideas or details from a text read aloud or information presented orally or through other media.



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Capitalize holidays, product names, and geographic names. b) Use commas in greetings and closings of letters. c) Use an apostrophe to form contractions and frequently occurring possessives. d) Generalize learned spelling patterns when writing words (e.g., cage -> badge; boy -> boil). e) Consult reference materials, including beginning dictionaries, as needed to check and correct spellings.



Key Ideas and Details

3. Describe how characters in a story respond to major events and challenges.


3. Describe the connection between a series of historical events, scientific ideas or concepts, or steps in technical procedures in a text.



Phonics and Word Recognition

3. Know and apply grade-level phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words both in isolation and in text. CA a) Distinguish long and short vowels when reading regularly spelled one-syllable words. b) Know spelling-sound correspondences for additional common vowel teams. c) Decode regularly spelled two-syllable words with long vowels. d) Decode words with common prefixes and suffixes. e) Identify words with inconsistent but common spelling-sound correspondences. f) Recognize and read grade-appropriate irregularly spelled words.



Text Type and Purposes

3. Write narratives in which they recount a well-elaborated event or short sequence of events, include details to describe actions, thoughts, and feelings, use temporal words to signal event order, and provide a sense of closure.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Ask and answer questions about what a speaker says in order to clarify comprehension, gather additional information, or deepen understanding of a topic or issue.



Knowledge of Language

3. Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening. a) Compare formal and informal uses of English.



Key Ideas and Details

3. Describe how characters in a story respond to major events and challenges.


3. Describe the connection between a series of historical events, scientific ideas or concepts, or steps in technical procedures in a text.



Phonics and Word Recognition

3. Know and apply grade-level phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words. a) Distinguish long and short vowels when reading regularly spelled one-syllable words. b) Know spelling-sound correspondences for additional common vowel teams. c) Decode regularly spelled two-syllable words with long vowels. d) Decode words with common prefixes and suffixes. e) Identify words with inconsistent but common spelling-sound correspondences. f) Recognize and read grade-appropriate irregularly spelled words.



Text Type and Purposes

3. Write narratives in which they recount a well-elaborated event or short sequence of events, include details to describe actions, thoughts, and feelings, use temporal words to signal event order, and provide a sense of closure.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Ask and answer questions about what a speaker says in order to clarify comprehension, gather additional information, or deepen understanding of a topic or issue.



Knowledge of Language

3. Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening. a) Compare formal and informal uses of English.



Craft and Structure

4. Describe how words and phrases (e.g., regular beats, alliteration, rhymes, repeated lines) supply rhythm and meaning in a story, poem, or song. (See grade 2 Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations.) CA


4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 2 topic or subject area (See grade 2 Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations.) CA



Fluency

4. Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension. a) Read on-level text with purpose and understanding. b) Read on-level text orally with accuracy, appropriate rate, and expression on successive readings. c) Use context to confirm or self-correct word recognition and understanding, rereading as necessary.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. With guidance and support from adults, produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose. (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3.) CA



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Tell a story or recount an experience with appropriate facts and relevant, descriptive details, speaking audibly in coherent sentences. a) Plan and deliver a narrative presentation that: recounts a well-elaborated event, includes details, reflects a logical sequence, and provides a conclusion. CA



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on grade 2 reading and content, choosing flexibly from an array of strategies. a) Use sentence-level context as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase. b) Determine the meaning of the new word formed when a known prefix is added to a known word (e.g., happy/unhappy, tell/retell). c) Use a known root word as a clue to the meaning of an unknown word with the same root (e.g., addition, additional). d) Use knowledge of the meaning of individual words to predict the meaning of compound words (e.g., birdhouse, lighthouse, housefly; bookshelf, notebook, bookmark). e) Use glossaries and beginning dictionaries, both print and digital, to determine or clarify the meaning of words and phrases in all content areas. CA



Craft and Structure

4. Describe how words and phrases (e.g., regular beats, alliteration, rhymes, repeated lines) supply rhythm and meaning in a story, poem, or song.


4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 2 topic or subject area.



Fluency

4. Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension. a) Read on-level text with purpose and understanding. b) Read on-level text orally with accuracy, appropriate rate, and expression on successive readings. c) Use context to confirm or self-correct word recognition and understanding, rereading as necessary.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. (Begins in grade 3)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Tell a story or recount an experience with appropriate facts and relevant, descriptive details, speaking audibly in coherent sentences.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on grade 2 reading and content, choosing flexibly from an array of strategies. a) Use sentence-level context as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase. b) Determine the meaning of the new word formed when a known prefix is added to a known word (e.g., happy/unhappy, tell/retell). c) Use a known root word as a clue to the meaning of an unknown word with the same root (e.g., addition, additional). d) Use knowledge of the meaning of individual words to predict the meaning of compound words (e.g., birdhouse, lighthouse, housefly; bookshelf, notebook, bookmark). e) Use glossaries and beginning dictionaries, both print and digital, to determine or clarify the meaning of words and phrases.



Craft and Structure

5. Describe the overall structure of a story, including describing how the beginning introduces the story and the ending concludes the action.


5. Know and use various text features (e.g., captions, bold print, subheadings, glossaries, indexes, electronic menus, icons) to locate key facts or information in a text efficiently.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With guidance and support from adults and peers, focus on a topic and strengthen writing as needed by revising and editing.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Create audio recordings of stories or poems; add drawings or other visual displays to stories or recounts of experiences when appropriate to clarify ideas, thoughts, and feelings.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. Demonstrate understanding of word relationships and nuances in word meanings. a) Identify real-life connections between words and their use (e.g., describe foods that are spicy or juicy). b) Distinguish shades of meaning among closely related verbs (e.g., toss, throw, hurl) and closely related adjectives (e.g., thin, slender, skinny, scrawny).



Craft and Structure

5. Describe the overall structure of a story, including describing how the beginning introduces the story and the ending concludes the action.


5. Know and use various text features (e.g., captions, bold print, subheadings, glossaries, indexes, electronic menus, icons) to locate key facts or information in a text efficiently.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With guidance and support from adults and peers, focus on a topic and strengthen writing as needed by revising and editing.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Create audio recordings of stories or poems; add drawings or other visual displays to stories or recounts of experiences when appropriate to clarify ideas, thoughts, and feelings.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. Demonstrate understanding of word relationships and nuances in word meanings. a) Identify real-life connections between words and their use (e.g., describe foods that are spicy or juicy). b) Distinguish shades of meaning among closely related verbs (e.g., toss, throw, hurl) and closely related adjectives (e.g., thin, slender, skinny, scrawny).



Craft and Structure

6. Acknowledge differences in the points of view of characters, including by speaking in a different voice for each character when reading dialogue aloud.


6. Identify the main purpose of a text, including what the author wants to answer, explain, or describe.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. With guidance and support from adults, use a variety of digital tools to produce and publish writing, including in collaboration with peers.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Produce complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification. (See grade 2 Language standards 1 and 3 for specific expectations.)



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Use words and phrases acquired through conversations, reading and being read to, and responding to texts, including using adjectives and adverbs to describe (e.g., When other kids are happy that makes me happy).



Craft and Structure

6. Acknowledge differences in the points of view of characters, including by speaking in a different voice for each character when reading dialogue aloud.


6. Identify the main purpose of a text, including what the author wants to answer, explain, or describe.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. With guidance and support from adults, use a variety of digital tools to produce and publish writing, including in collaboration with peers.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Produce complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification. (See grade 2 Language standards 1 and 3 for specific expectations.)



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Use words and phrases acquired through conversations, reading and being read to, and responding to texts, including using adjectives and adverbs to describe (e.g., When other kids are happy that makes me happy).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Use information gained from the illustrations and words in print or digital text to demonstrate understanding of its characters, setting, or plot.


7. Explain how specific images (e.g., a diagram showing how a machine works) contribute to and clarify a text.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Participate in shared research and writing projects (e.g., read a number of books on a single topic to produce a report; record science observations).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Use information gained from the illustrations and words in print or digital text to demonstrate understanding of its characters, setting, or plot.


7. Explain how specific images (e.g., a diagram showing how a machine works) contribute to and clarify a text.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Participate in shared research and writing projects (e.g., read a number of books on a single topic to produce a report; record science observations).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. Describe how reasons support specific points the author makes in a text.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Recall information from experiences or gather information from provided sources to answer a question.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. Describe how reasons support specific points the author makes in a text.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Recall information from experiences or gather information from provided sources to answer a question.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Compare and contrast two or more versions of the same story (e.g., Cinderella stories) by different authors or from different cultures.


9. Compare and contrast the most important points presented by two texts on the same topic.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. (Begins in grade 4)



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Compare and contrast two or more versions of the same story (e.g., Cinderella stories) by different authors or from different cultures.


9. Compare and contrast the most important points presented by two texts on the same topic.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. (Begins in grade 4)



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories and poetry, in the grades 2-3 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.


10. By the end of year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, in the grades 2-3 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences. CA



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories and poetry, in the grades 2-3 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.


10. By the end of year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, in the grades 2-3 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.



Range of Writing

10. (Begins in grade 3)



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: 2


Operations and Algebraic Thinking


Represent and solve problems involving addition and subtraction.

2.OA.1

1. Use addition and subtraction within 100 to solve one- and two-step word problems involving situations of adding to, taking from, putting together, taking apart, and comparing, with unknowns in all positions, e.g., by using drawings and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem. (See Glossary, Table 1.)


1. Use addition and subtraction within 100 to solve one- and two-step word problems involving situations of adding to, taking from, putting together, taking apart, and comparing, with unknowns in all positions, e.g., by using drawings and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem. (See Glossary, Table 1.)



Add and subtract within 20.

2.OA.2

2. Fluently add and subtract within 20 using mental strategies. (See standard 1.OA.6 for a list of mental strategies.) By end of Grade 2, know from memory all sums of two one-digit numbers.


2. Fluently add and subtract within 20 using mental strategies. (See standard 1.OA.6 for a list of mental strategies.) By end of Grade 2, know from memory all sums of two one-digit numbers.



Work with equal groups of objects to gain foundations for multiplication.

2.OA.3

3. Determine whether a group of objects (up to 20) has an odd or even number of members, e.g., by pairing objects or counting them by 2s; write an equation to express an even number as a sum of two equal addends.


3. Determine whether a group of objects (up to 20) has an odd or even number of members, e.g., by pairing objects or counting them by 2s; write an equation to express an even number as a sum of two equal addends.


2.OA.4

4. Use addition to find the total number of objects arranged in rectangular arrays with up to 5 rows and up to 5 columns; write an equation to express the total as a sum of equal addends.



4. Use addition to find the total number of objects arranged in rectangular arrays with up to 5 rows and up to 5 columns; write an equation to express the total as a sum of equal addends.



Number and Operations in Base Ten


Understand place value.

2.NBT.1

1. Understand that the three digits of a three-digit number represent amounts of hundreds, tens, and ones; e.g., 706 equals 7 hundreds, 0 tens, and 6 ones. Understand the following as special cases: a. 100 can be thought of as a bundle of ten tens — called a “hundred.” b. The numbers 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900 refer to one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, or nine hundreds (and 0 tens and 0 ones).


1. Understand that the three digits of a three-digit number represent amounts of hundreds, tens, and ones; e.g., 706 equals 7 hundreds, 0 tens, and 6 ones. Understand the following as special cases: a. 100 can be thought of as a bundle of ten tens — called a “hundred.” b. The numbers 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900 refer to one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, or nine hundreds (and 0 tens and 0 ones).


2.NBT.2

2. Count within 1000; skip-count by 2s, 5s, 10s, and 100s.



2. Count within 1000; skip-count by 2s, 5s, 10s, and 100s.


2.NBT.3

3. Read and write numbers to 1000 using base-ten numerals, number names, and expanded form.


3. Read and write numbers to 1000 using base-ten numerals, number names, and expanded form.



2.NBT.4

4. Compare two three-digit numbers based on meanings of the hundreds, tens, and ones digits, using >, =, and < symbols to record the results of comparisons.


4. Compare two three-digit numbers based on meanings of the hundreds, tens, and ones digits, using >, =, and < symbols to record the results of comparisons.



Use place value understanding and properties of operations to add and subtract.

2.NBT.5

5. Fluently add and subtract within 100 using strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction.


5. Fluently add and subtract within 100 using strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction.


2.NBT.6

6. Add up to four two-digit numbers using strategies based on place value and properties of operations.



6. Add up to four two-digit numbers using strategies based on place value and properties of operations.


2.NBT.7

7. Add and subtract within 1000, using concrete models or drawings and strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction; relate the strategy to a written method. Understand that in adding or subtracting three-digit numbers, one adds or subtracts hundreds and hundreds, tens and tens, ones and ones; and sometimes it is necessary to compose or decompose tens or hundreds.


7. Add and subtract within 1000, using concrete models or drawings and strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction; relate the strategy to a written method. Understand that in adding or subtracting three-digit numbers, one adds or subtracts hundreds and hundreds, tens and tens, ones and ones; and sometimes it is necessary to compose or decompose tens or hundreds.



2.NBT.7.1

7.1. Use estimation strategies in computation and problem solving with numbers up to 1000.


2.NBT.8

8. Mentally add 10 or 100 to a given number 100-900, and mentally subtract 10 or 100 from a given number 100-900.


8. Mentally add 10 or 100 to a given number 100-900, and mentally subtract 10 or 100 from a given number 100-900.



2.NBT.9

9. Explain why addition and subtraction strategies work, using place value and the properties of operations. (Explanations may be supported by drawings or objects.)


9. Explain why addition and subtraction strategies work, using place value and the properties of operations. (Explanations may be supported by drawings or objects.)



Measurement and Data


Measure and estimate lengths in standard units.

2.MD.1

1. Measure the length of an object by selecting and using appropriate tools such as rulers, yardsticks, meter sticks, and measuring tapes.


1. Measure the length of an object by selecting and using appropriate tools such as rulers, yardsticks, meter sticks, and measuring tapes.


2.MD.2

2. Measure the length of an object twice, using length units of different lengths for the two measurements; describe how the two measurements relate to the size of the unit chosen.



2. Measure the length of an object twice, using length units of different lengths for the two measurements; describe how the two measurements relate to the size of the unit chosen.


2.MD.3

3. Estimate lengths using units of inches, feet, centimeters, and meters.


3. Estimate lengths using units of inches, feet, centimeters, and meters.



2.MD.4

4. Measure to determine how much longer one object is than another, expressing the length difference in terms of a standard length unit.


4. Measure to determine how much longer one object is than another, expressing the length difference in terms of a standard length unit.



Relate addition and subtraction to length.

2.MD.5

5. Use addition and subtraction within 100 to solve word problems involving lengths that are given in the same units, e.g., by using drawings (such as drawings of rulers) and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem.


5. Use addition and subtraction within 100 to solve word problems involving lengths that are given in the same units, e.g., by using drawings (such as drawings of rulers) and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem.


2.MD.6

6. Represent whole numbers as lengths from 0 on a number line diagram with equally spaced points corresponding to the numbers 0, 1, 2, ..., and represent whole-number sums and differences within 100 on a number line diagram.



6. Represent whole numbers as lengths from 0 on a number line diagram with equally spaced points corresponding to the numbers 0, 1, 2, ..., and represent whole-number sums and differences within 100 on a number line diagram.



Work with time and money.

2.MD.7

7. Tell and write time from analog and digital clocks to the nearest five minutes, using a.m. and p.m. Know relationships of time (e.g., minutes in an hour, days in a month, weeks in a year).


7. Tell and write time from analog and digital clocks to the nearest five minutes, using a.m. and p.m.


2.MD.8

8. Solve word problems involving combinations of dollar bills, quarters, dimes, nickels, and pennies, using $ and &cent; symbols appropriately. Example: If you have 2 dimes and 3 pennies, how many cents do you have?



8. Solve word problems involving dollar bills, quarters, dimes, nickels, and pennies, using $ and &cent; symbols appropriately. Example: If you have 2 dimes and 3 pennies, how many cents do you have?



Represent and interpret data.

2.MD.9

9. Generate measurement data by measuring lengths of several objects to the nearest whole unit, or by making repeated measurements of the same object. Show the measurements by making a line plot, where the horizontal scale is marked off in whole-number units.


9. Generate measurement data by measuring lengths of several objects to the nearest whole unit, or by making repeated measurements of the same object. Show the measurements by making a line plot, where the horizontal scale is marked off in whole-number units.


2.MD.10

10. Draw a picture graph and a bar graph (with single-unit scale) to represent a data set with up to four categories. Solve simple put-together, take-apart, and compare problems (See Glossary, Table 1.) using information presented in a bar graph.



10. Draw a picture graph and a bar graph (with single-unit scale) to represent a data set with up to four categories. Solve simple put-together, take-apart, and compare problems (See Glossary, Table 1.) using information presented in a bar graph.



Geometry


Reason with shapes and their attributes.

2.G.1

1. Recognize and draw shapes having specified attributes, such as a given number of angles or a given number of equal faces. (Sizes are compared directly or visually, not compared by measuring.) Identify triangles, quadrilaterals, pentagons, hexagons, and cubes.


1. Recognize and draw shapes having specified attributes, such as a given number of angles or a given number of equal faces. (Sizes are compared directly or visually, not compared by measuring.) Identify triangles, quadrilaterals, pentagons, hexagons, and cubes.


2.G.2

2. Partition a rectangle into rows and columns of same-size squares and count to find the total number of them.



2. Partition a rectangle into rows and columns of same-size squares and count to find the total number of them.


2.G.3

3. Partition circles and rectangles into two, three, or four equal shares, describe the shares using the words halves, thirds, half of, a third of, etc., and describe the whole as two halves, three thirds, four fourths. Recognize that equal shares of identical wholes need not have the same shape.


3. Partition circles and rectangles into two, three, or four equal shares, describe the shares using the words halves, thirds, half of, a third of, etc., and describe the whole as two halves, three thirds, four fourths. Recognize that equal shares of identical wholes need not have the same shape.



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: 3



Key Ideas and Details

1. Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text, referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers.


1. Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text, referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers.



Text Type and Purposes

1. Write opinion pieces on topics or texts, supporting a point of view with reasons. a) Introduce the topic or text they are writing about, state an opinion, and create an organizational structure that lists reasons. b) Provide reasons that support the opinion. c) Use linking words and phrases (e.g., because, therefore, since, for example) to connect opinion and reasons. d) Provide a concluding statement or section.



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-on-one, in groups, and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly. a) Come to discussions prepared, having read or studied required material; explicitly draw on that preparation and other information known about the topic to explore ideas under discussion. b) Follow agreed-upon rules for discussions (e.g., gaining the floor in respectful ways, listening to others with care, speaking one at a time about the topics and texts under discussion). c) Ask questions to check understanding of information presented, stay on topic, and link their comments to the remarks of others. d) Explain their own ideas and understanding in light of the discussion.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Explain the function of nouns, pronouns, verbs, adjectives, and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences. b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns. c) Use abstract nouns (e.g., childhood). d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs. e) Form and use the simple (e.g., I walked; I walk; I will walk) verb tenses. f) Ensure subject-verb and pronoun-antecedent agreement.* g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs, and choose between them depending on what is to be modified. h) Use coordinating and subordinating conjunctions. i) Produce simple, compound, and complex sentences. j) Write legibly in cursive or joined italics, allowing margins and correct spacing between letters in a word and words in a sentence. k) Use reciprocal pronouns correctly.



Key Ideas and Details

1. Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text, referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers.


1. Ask and answer questions to demonstrate understanding of a text, referring explicitly to the text as the basis for the answers.



Text Type and Purposes

1. Write opinion pieces on topics or texts, supporting a point of view with reasons. a) Introduce the topic or text they are writing about, state an opinion, and create an organizational structure that lists reasons. b) Provide reasons that support the opinion. c) Use linking words and phrases (e.g., because, therefore, since, for example) to connect opinion and reasons. d) Provide a concluding statement or section.



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-on-one, in groups, and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 3 topics and texts, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly. a) Come to discussions prepared, having read or studied required material; explicitly draw on that preparation and other information known about the topic to explore ideas under discussion. b) Follow agreed-upon rules for discussions (e.g., gaining the floor in respectful ways, listening to others with care, speaking one at a time about the topics and texts under discussion). c) Ask questions to check understanding of information presented, stay on topic, and link their comments to the remarks of others. d) Explain their own ideas and understanding in light of the discussion.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Explain the function of nouns, pronouns, verbs, adjectives, and adverbs in general and their functions in particular sentences. b) Form and use regular and irregular plural nouns. c) Use abstract nouns (e.g., childhood). d) Form and use regular and irregular verbs. e) Form and use the simple (e.g., I walked; I walk; I will walk) verb tenses. f) Ensure subject-verb and pronoun-antecedent agreement.* g) Form and use comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs, and choose between them depending on what is to be modified. h) Use coordinating and subordinating conjunctions. i) Produce simple, compound, and complex sentences.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Recount stories, including fables, folktales, and myths from diverse cultures; determine the central message, lesson, or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text.


2. Determine the main idea of a text; recount the key details and explain how they support the main idea.



Text Type and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly. a) Introduce a topic and group related information together; include illustrations when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with facts, definitions, and details. c) Use linking words and phrases (e.g., also, another, and, more, but) to connect ideas within categories of information. d) Provide a concluding statement or section.



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Determine the main ideas and supporting details of a text read aloud or information presented in diverse media and formats, including visually, quantitatively, and orally.



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Capitalize appropriate words in titles. b) Use commas in addresses. c) Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue. d) Form and use possessives. e) Use conventional spelling for high-frequency and other studied words and for adding suffixes to base words (e.g., sitting, smiled, cries, happiness). f) Use spelling patterns and generalizations (e.g., word families, position-based spellings, syllable patterns, ending rules, meaningful word parts) in writing words. g) Consult reference materials, including beginning dictionaries, as needed to check and correct spellings.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Recount stories, including fables, folktales, and myths from diverse cultures; determine the central message, lesson, or moral and explain how it is conveyed through key details in the text.


2. Determine the main idea of a text; recount the key details and explain how they support the main idea.



Text Type and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly. a) Introduce a topic and group related information together; include illustrations when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with facts, definitions, and details. c) Use linking words and phrases (e.g., also, another, and, more, but) to connect ideas within categories of information. d) Provide a concluding statement or section.



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Determine the main ideas and supporting details of a text read aloud or information presented in diverse media and formats, including visually, quantitatively, and orally.



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Capitalize appropriate words in titles. b) Use commas in addresses. c) Use commas and quotation marks in dialogue. d) Form and use possessives. e) Use conventional spelling for high-frequency and other studied words and for adding suffixes to base words (e.g., sitting, smiled, cries, happiness). f) Use spelling patterns and generalizations (e.g., word families, position-based spellings, syllable patterns, ending rules, meaningful word parts) in writing words. g) Consult reference materials, including beginning dictionaries, as needed to check and correct spellings.



Key Ideas and Details

3. Describe characters in a story (e.g., their traits, motivations, or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events.


3. Describe the relationship between a series of historical events, scientific ideas or concepts, or steps in technical procedures in a text, using language that pertains to time, sequence, and cause/effect.



Phonics and Word Recognition

3. Know and apply grade-level phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words both in isolation and in text. CA a) Identify and know the meaning of the most common prefixes and derivational suffixes. b) Decode words with common Latin suffixes. c) Decode multisyllable words. d) Read grade-appropriate irregularly spelled words.



Text Type and Purposes

3. Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, descriptive details, and clear event sequences. a) Establish a situation and introduce a narrator and/or characters; organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally. b) Use dialogue and descriptions of actions, thoughts, and feelings to develop experiences and events or show the response of characters to situations. c) Use temporal words and phrases to signal event order. d) Provide a sense of closure.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Ask and answer questions about information from a speaker, offering appropriate elaboration and detail.



Knowledge of Language

3. Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening. a) Choose words and phrases for effect.* b) Recognize and observe differences between the conventions of spoken and written standard English.



Key Ideas and Details

3. Describe characters in a story (e.g., their traits, motivations, or feelings) and explain how their actions contribute to the sequence of events.


3. Describe the relationship between a series of historical events, scientific ideas or concepts, or steps in technical procedures in a text, using language that pertains to time, sequence, and cause/effect.



Phonics and Word Recognition

3. Know and apply grade-level phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words. a) Identify and know the meaning of the most common prefixes and derivational suffixes. b) Decode words with common Latin suffixes. c) Decode multisyllable words. d) Read grade-appropriate irregularly spelled words.



Text Type and Purposes

3. Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, descriptive details, and clear event sequences. a) Establish a situation and introduce a narrator and/or characters; organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally. b) Use dialogue and descriptions of actions, thoughts, and feelings to develop experiences and events or show the response of characters to situations. c) Use temporal words and phrases to signal event order. d) Provide a sense of closure.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Ask and answer questions about information from a speaker, offering appropriate elaboration and detail.



Knowledge of Language

3. Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening. a) Choose words and phrases for effect.* b) Recognize and observe differences between the conventions of spoken and written standard English.



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, distinguishing literal from nonliteral language. (See grade 3 Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations.) CA


4. Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 3 topic or subject area. (See grade 3 Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations.) CA



Fluency

4. Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension. a) Read on-level text with purpose and understanding. b) Read on-level prose and poetry orally with accuracy, appropriate rate, and expression on successive readings. c) Use context to confirm or self-correct word recognition and understanding, rereading as necessary.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. With guidance and support from adults, produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose. (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Report on a topic or text, tell a story, or recount an experience with appropriate facts and relevant, descriptive details, speaking clearly at an understandable pace. a) Plan and deliver an informative/explanatory presentation on a topic that: organizes ideas around major points of information, follows a logical sequence, includes supporting details, uses clear and specific vocabulary, and provides a strong conclusion. CA



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on grade 3 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies. a) Use sentence-level context as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase. b) Determine the meaning of the new word formed when a known affix is added to a known word (e.g., agreeable/disagreeable, comfortable/uncomfortable, care/careless, heat/preheat). c) Use a known root word as a clue to the meaning of an unknown word with the same root (e.g., company, companion). d) Use glossaries or beginning dictionaries, both print and digital, to determine or clarify the precise meaning of key words and phrases in all content areas. CA



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, distinguishing literal from nonliteral language.


4. Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 3 topic or subject area.



Fluency

4. Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension. a) Read on-level text with purpose and understanding. b) Read on-level prose and poetry orally with accuracy, appropriate rate, and expression on successive readings. c) Use context to confirm or self-correct word recognition and understanding, rereading as necessary.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. With guidance and support from adults, produce writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task and purpose. (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Report on a topic or text, tell a story, or recount an experience with appropriate facts and relevant, descriptive details, speaking clearly at an understandable pace.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on grade 3 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies. a) Use sentence-level context as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase. b) Determine the meaning of the new word formed when a known affix is added to a known word (e.g., agreeable/disagreeable, comfortable/uncomfortable, care/careless, heat/preheat). c) Use a known root word as a clue to the meaning of an unknown word with the same root (e.g., company, companion). d) Use glossaries or beginning dictionaries, both print and digital, to determine or clarify the precise meaning of key words and phrases.



Craft and Structure

5. Refer to parts of stories, dramas, and poems when writing or speaking about a text, using terms such as chapter, scene, and stanza; describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections.


5. Use text features and search tools (e.g., key words, sidebars, hyperlinks) to locate information relevant to a given topic efficiently.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, and editing. (Editing for conventions should demonstrate command of Language standards 1-3 up to and including grade 3.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Create engaging audio recordings of stories or poems that demonstrate fluid reading at an understandable pace; add visual displays when appropriate to emphasize or enhance certain facts or details.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. Demonstrate understanding of word relationships and nuances in word meanings. a) Distinguish the literal and non-literal meanings of words and phrases in context (e.g., take steps). b) Identify real-life connections between words and their use (e.g., describe people who are friendly or helpful). c) Distinguish shades of meaning among related words that describe states of mind or degrees of certainty (e.g., knew, believed, suspected, heard, wondered).



Craft and Structure

5. Refer to parts of stories, dramas, and poems when writing or speaking about a text, using terms such as chapter, scene, and stanza; describe how each successive part builds on earlier sections.


5. Use text features and search tools (e.g., key words, sidebars, hyperlinks) to locate information relevant to a given topic efficiently.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, and editing. (Editing for conventions should demonstrate command of Language standards 1-3 up to and including grade 3.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Create engaging audio recordings of stories or poems that demonstrate fluid reading at an understandable pace; add visual displays when appropriate to emphasize or enhance certain facts or details.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. Demonstrate understanding of word relationships and nuances in word meanings. a) Distinguish the literal and nonliteral meanings of words and phrases in context (e.g., take steps). b) Identify real-life connections between words and their use (e.g., describe people who are friendly or helpful). c) Distinguish shades of meaning among related words that describe states of mind or degrees of certainty (e.g., knew, believed, suspected, heard, wondered).



Craft and Structure

6. Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters.


6. Distinguish their own point of view from that of the author of a text.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. With guidance and support from adults, use technology to produce and publish writing (using keyboarding skills) as well as to interact and collaborate with others.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification. (See grade 3 Language standards 1 and 3 for specific expectations.)



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Acquire and use accurately grade-appropriate conversational, general academic, and domain-specific words and phrases, including those that signal spatial and temporal relationships (e.g., After dinner that night we went looking for them).



Craft and Structure

6. Distinguish their own point of view from that of the narrator or those of the characters.


6. Distinguish their own point of view from that of the author of a text.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. With guidance and support from adults, use technology to produce and publish writing (using keyboarding skills) as well as to interact and collaborate with others.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Speak in complete sentences when appropriate to task and situation in order to provide requested detail or clarification. (See grade 3 Language standards 1 and 3 for specific expectations.)



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Acquire and use accurately grade-appropriate conversational, general academic, and domain-specific words and phrases, including those that signal spatial and temporal relationships (e.g., After dinner that night we went looking for them).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Explain how specific aspects of a text’s illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (e.g., create mood, emphasize aspects of a character or setting).


7. Use information gained from illustrations (e.g., maps, photographs) and the words in a text to demonstrate understanding of the text (e.g., where, when, why, and how key events occur).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short research projects that build knowledge about a topic.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Explain how specific aspects of a text’s illustrations contribute to what is conveyed by the words in a story (e.g., create mood, emphasize aspects of a character or setting).


7. Use information gained from illustrations (e.g., maps, photographs) and the words in a text to demonstrate understanding of the text (e.g., where, when, why, and how key events occur).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short research projects that build knowledge about a topic.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. Describe the logical connection between particular sentences and paragraphs in a text (e.g., comparison, cause/effect, first/second/third in a sequence).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources; take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. Describe the logical connection between particular sentences and paragraphs in a text (e.g., comparison, cause/effect, first/second/third in a sequence).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Recall information from experiences or gather information from print and digital sources; take brief notes on sources and sort evidence into provided categories.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Compare and contrast the themes, settings, and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (e.g., in books from a series).


9. Compare and contrast the most important points and key details presented in two texts on the same topic.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. (Begins in grade 4)



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Compare and contrast the themes, settings, and plots of stories written by the same author about the same or similar characters (e.g., in books from a series).


9. Compare and contrast the most important points and key details presented in two texts on the same topic.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. (Begins in grade 4)



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poetry, at the high end of the grades 2-3 text complexity band independently and proficiently.


10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, at the high end of the grades 2-3 text complexity band independently and proficiently.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poetry, at the high end of the grades 2-3 text complexity band independently and proficiently.


10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, at the high end of the grades 2-3 text complexity band independently and proficiently.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: 3


Operations and Algebraic Thinking


Represent and solve problems involving multiplication and division.

3.OA.1

1. Interpret products of whole numbers, e.g., interpret 5 × 7 as the total number of objects in 5 groups of 7 objects each, or 7 groups of 5 objects each. For example, describe a context in which a total number of objects can be expressed as 5 × 7.


1. Interpret products of whole numbers, e.g., interpret 5 &times; 7 as the total number of objects in 5 groups of 7 objects each. For example, describe a context in which a total number of objects can be expressed as 5 &times; 7.


3.OA.2

2. Interpret whole-number quotients of whole numbers, e.g., interpret 56 ÷ 8 as the number of objects in each share when 56 objects are partitioned equally into 8 shares, or as a number of shares when 56 objects are partitioned into equal shares of 8 objects each. For example, describe a context in which a number of shares or a number of groups can be expressed as 56 ÷ 8.



2. Interpret whole-number quotients of whole numbers, e.g., interpret 56 &divide; 8 as the number of objects in each share when 56 objects are partitioned equally into 8 shares, or as a number of shares when 56 objects are partitioned into equal shares of 8 objects each. For example, describe a context in which a number of shares or a number of groups can be expressed as 56 &divide; 8.


3.OA.3

3. Use multiplication and division within 100 to solve word problems in situations involving equal groups, arrays, and measurement quantities, e.g., by using drawings and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem. (See Glossary, Table 2.)


3. Use multiplication and division within 100 to solve word problems in situations involving equal groups, arrays, and measurement quantities, e.g., by using drawings and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem. (See Glossary, Table 2.)



3.OA.4

4. Determine the unknown whole number in a multiplication or division equation relating three whole numbers. For example, determine the unknown number that makes the equation true in each of the equations 8 × ? = 48, 5 = ? ÷ 3, 6 × 6 = ?.


4. Determine the unknown whole number in a multiplication or division equation relating three whole numbers. For example, determine the unknown number that makes the equation true in each of the equations 8 &times; ? = 48, 5 = ? &divide; 3, 6 &times; 6 = ?.



Understand properties of multiplication and the relationship between multiplication and division.

3.OA.5

5. Apply properties of operations as strategies to multiply and divide. (Students need not use formal terms for these properties.) Examples: If 6 × 4 = 24 is known, then 4 × 6 = 24 is also known. (Commutative property of multiplication.) 3 × 5 × 2 can be found by 3 × 5 = 15, then 15 × 2 = 30, or by 5 × 2 = 10, then 3 × 10 = 30. (Associative property of multiplication.) Knowing that 8 × 5 = 40 and 8 × 2 = 16, one can find 8 × 7 as 8 × (5 + 2) = (8 × 5) + (8 × 2) = 40 + 16 = 56. (Distributive property.)


5. Apply properties of operations as strategies to multiply and divide. (Students need not use formal terms for these properties.) Examples: If 6 &times; 4 = 24 is known, then 4 &times; 6 = 24 is also known. (Commutative property of multiplication.) 3 &times; 5 &times; 2 can be found by 3 &times; 5 = 15, then 15 &times; 2 = 30, or by 5 &times; 2 = 10, then 3 &times; 10 = 30. (Associative property of multiplication.) Knowing that 8 &times; 5 = 40 and 8 &times; 2 = 16, one can find 8 &times; 7 as 8 &times; (5 + 2) = (8 &times; 5) + (8 &times; 2) = 40 + 16 = 56. (Distributive property.)


3.OA.6

6. Understand division as an unknown-factor problem. For example, find 32 ÷ 8 by finding the number that makes 32 when multiplied by 8.



6. Understand division as an unknown-factor problem. For example, find 32 &divide; 8 by finding the number that makes 32 when multiplied by 8.



Multiply and divide within 100.

3.OA.7

7. Fluently multiply and divide within 100, using strategies such as the relationship between multiplication and division (e.g., knowing that 8 × 5 = 40, one knows 40 ÷ 5 = 8) or properties of operations. By the end of Grade 3, know from memory all products of two one-digit numbers.


7. Fluently multiply and divide within 100, using strategies such as the relationship between multiplication and division (e.g., knowing that 8 &times; 5 = 40, one knows 40 &divide; 5 = 8) or properties of operations. By the end of Grade 3, know from memory all products of two one-digit numbers.



Solve problems involving the four operations, and identify and explain patterns in arithmetic.

3.OA.8

8. Solve two-step word problems using the four operations. Represent these problems using equations with a letter standing for the unknown quantity. Assess the reasonableness of answers using mental computation and estimation strategies including rounding. (This standard is limited to problems posed with whole numbers and having whole-number answers; students should know how to perform operations in the conventional order when there are no parentheses to specify a particular order [Order of Operations].)


8. Solve two-step word problems using the four operations. Represent these problems using equations with a letter standing for the unknown quantity. Assess the reasonableness of answers using mental computation and estimation strategies including rounding. (This standard is limited to problems posed with whole numbers and having whole-number answers; students should know how to perform operations in the conventional order when there are no parentheses to specify a particular order [Order of Operations].)


3.OA.9

9. Identify arithmetic patterns (including patterns in the addition table or multiplication table), and explain them using properties of operations. For example, observe that 4 times a number is always even, and explain why 4 times a number can be decomposed into two equal addends.



9. Identify arithmetic patterns (including patterns in the addition table or multiplication table), and explain them using properties of operations. For example, observe that 4 times a number is always even, and explain why 4 times a number can be decomposed into two equal addends.



Number and Operations in Base Ten


Use place value understanding and properties of operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic. (A range of algorithms may be used.)

3.NBT.1

1. Use place value understanding to round whole numbers to the nearest 10 or 100.


1. Use place value understanding to round whole numbers to the nearest 10 or 100.


3.NBT.2

2. Fluently add and subtract within 1000 using strategies and algorithms based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction.



2. Fluently add and subtract within 1000 using strategies and algorithms based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction.


3.NBT.3

3. Multiply one-digit whole numbers by multiples of 10 in the range 10-90 (e.g., 9 × 80, 5 × 60) using strategies based on place value and properties of operations.


3. Multiply one-digit whole numbers by multiples of 10 in the range 10-90 (e.g., 9 &times; 80, 5 &times; 60) using strategies based on place value and properties of operations.



Measurement and Data


Solve problems involving measurement and estimation of intervals of time, liquid volumes, and masses of objects.

3.MD.1

1. Tell and write time to the nearest minute and measure time intervals in minutes. Solve word problems involving addition and subtraction of time intervals in minutes, e.g., by representing the problem on a number line diagram.


1. Tell and write time to the nearest minute and measure time intervals in minutes. Solve word problems involving addition and subtraction of time intervals in minutes, e.g., by representing the problem on a number line diagram.


3.MD.2

2. Measure and estimate liquid volumes and masses of objects using standard units of grams (g), kilograms (kg), and English Units (oz, lb.), and liters (l). (Excludes compound units such as cm3 and finding the geometric volume of a container.) Add, subtract, multiply, or divide to solve one-step word problems involving masses or volumes that are given in the same units, e.g., by using drawings (such as a beaker with a measurement scale) to represent the problem. (Excludes multiplicative comparison problems [problems involving notions of “times as much”; see Glossary, Table 2].)



2. Measure and estimate liquid volumes and masses of objects using standard units of grams (g), kilograms (kg), and liters (l). (Excludes compound units such as cm<sup>3</sup> and finding the geometric volume of a container.) Add, subtract, multiply, or divide to solve one-step word problems involving masses or volumes that are given in the same units, e.g., by using drawings (such as a beaker with a measurement scale) to represent the problem. (Excludes multiplicative comparison problems [problems involving notions of “times as much”; see Glossary, Table 2].)



Represent and interpret data.

3.MD.3

3. Draw a scaled picture graph and a scaled bar graph to represent a data set with several categories. Solve one- and two-step “how many more” and “how many less” problems using information presented in scaled bar graphs. For example, draw a bar graph in which each square in the bar graph might represent 5 pets.


3. Draw a scaled picture graph and a scaled bar graph to represent a data set with several categories. Solve one- and two-step “how many more” and “how many less” problems using information presented in scaled bar graphs. For example, draw a bar graph in which each square in the bar graph might represent 5 pets.


3.MD.4

4. Generate measurement data by measuring lengths using rulers marked with halves and fourths of an inch. Show the data by making a line plot, where the horizontal scale is marked off in appropriate units— whole numbers, halves, or quarters.



4. Generate measurement data by measuring lengths using rulers marked with halves and fourths of an inch. Show the data by making a line plot, where the horizontal scale is marked off in appropriate units— whole numbers, halves, or quarters.



Geometric measurement: understand concepts of area and relate area to multiplication and to addition.

3.MD.5

5. Recognize area as an attribute of plane figures and understand concepts of area measurement. a. A square with side length 1 unit, called “a unit square,” is said to have “one square unit” of area, and can be used to measure area. b. A plane figure which can be covered without gaps or overlaps by n unit squares is said to have an area of n square units.


5. Recognize area as an attribute of plane figures and understand concepts of area measurement. a. A square with side length 1 unit, called “a unit square,” is said to have “one square unit” of area, and can be used to measure area. b. A plane figure which can be covered without gaps or overlaps by n unit squares is said to have an area of n square units.


3.MD.6

6. Measure areas by counting unit squares (square cm, square m, square in, square ft, and improvised units).



6. Measure areas by counting unit squares (square cm, square m, square in, square ft, and improvised units).


3.MD.7

7. Relate area to the operations of multiplication and addition. a. Find the area of a rectangle with whole-number side lengths by tiling it, and show that the area is the same as would be found by multiplying the side lengths. b. Multiply side lengths to find areas of rectangles with whole-number side lengths in the context of solving real world and mathematical problems, and represent whole-number products as rectangular areas in mathematical reasoning. c. Use tiling to show in a concrete case that the area of a rectangle with whole-number side lengths a and b + c is the sum of a × b and a × c. Use area models to represent the distributive property in mathematical reasoning. d. Recognize area as additive. Find areas of rectilinear figures by decomposing them into non-overlapping rectangles and adding the areas of the non-overlapping parts, applying this technique to solve real world problems.


7. Relate area to the operations of multiplication and addition. a. Find the area of a rectangle with whole-number side lengths by tiling it, and show that the area is the same as would be found by multiplying the side lengths. b. Multiply side lengths to find areas of rectangles with whole-number side lengths in the context of solving real world and mathematical problems, and represent whole-number products as rectangular areas in mathematical reasoning. c. Use tiling to show in a concrete case that the area of a rectangle with whole-number side lengths a and b + c is the sum of a &times; b and a &times; c. Use area models to represent the distributive property in mathematical reasoning. d. Recognize area as additive. Find areas of rectilinear figures by decomposing them into non-overlapping rectangles and adding the areas of the non-overlapping parts, applying this technique to solve real world problems.



Geometric measurement: recognize perimeter as an attribute of plane figures and distinguish between linear and area measures.

3.MD.8

8. Solve real world and mathematical problems involving perimeters of polygons, including finding the perimeter given the side lengths, finding an unknown side length, and exhibiting rectangles with the same perimeter and different areas or with the same area and different perimeters.


8. Solve real world and mathematical problems involving perimeters of polygons, including finding the perimeter given the side lengths, finding an unknown side length, and exhibiting rectangles with the same perimeter and different areas or with the same area and different perimeters.



Geometry


Reason with shapes and their attributes.

3.G.1

1. Understand that shapes in different categories (e.g., rhombuses, rectangles, and others) may share attributes (e.g., having four sides), and that the shared attributes can define a larger category (e.g., quadrilaterals). Recognize rhombuses, rectangles, and squares as examples of quadrilaterals, and draw examples of quadrilaterals that do not belong to any of these subcategories.


1. Understand that shapes in different categories (e.g., rhombuses, rectangles, and others) may share attributes (e.g., having four sides), and that the shared attributes can define a larger category (e.g., quadrilaterals). Recognize rhombuses, rectangles, and squares as examples of quadrilaterals, and draw examples of quadrilaterals that do not belong to any of these subcategories.


3.G.2

2. Partition shapes into parts with equal areas. Express the area of each part as a unit fraction of the whole. For example, partition a shape into 4 parts with equal area, and describe the area of each part as 1/4 of the area of the shape.



2. Partition shapes into parts with equal areas. Express the area of each part as a unit fraction of the whole. For example, partition a shape into 4 parts with equal area, and describe the area of each part as 1/4 of the area of the shape.



Number and Operations - Fractions (Grade 3 expectations in this domain are limited to fractions with denominators 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8).


Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.

3.NF.1

1. Understand a fraction 1/b as the quantity formed by 1 part when a whole is partitioned into b equal parts; understand a fraction a/b as the quantity formed by a parts of size 1/b.


1. Understand a fraction 1/b as the quantity formed by 1 part when a whole is partitioned into b equal parts; understand a fraction a/b as the quantity formed by a parts of size 1/b.


3.NF.2

2. Understand a fraction as a number on the number line; represent fractions on a number line diagram. a. Represent a fraction 1/b on a number line diagram by defining the interval from 0 to 1 as the whole and partitioning it into b equal parts. Recognize that each part has size 1/b and that the endpoint of the part based at 0 locates the number 1/b on the number line. b. Represent a fraction a/b on a number line diagram by marking off a lengths 1/b from 0. Recognize that the resulting interval has size a/b and that its endpoint locates the number a/b on the number line.



2. Understand a fraction as a number on the number line; represent fractions on a number line diagram. a. Represent a fraction 1/b on a number line diagram by defining the interval from 0 to 1 as the whole and partitioning it into b equal parts. Recognize that each part has size 1/b and that the endpoint of the part based at 0 locates the number 1/b on the number line. b. Represent a fraction a/b on a number line diagram by marking off a lengths 1/b from 0. Recognize that the resulting interval has size a/b and that its endpoint locates the number a/b on the number line.


3.NF.3

3. Explain equivalence of fractions in special cases, and compare fractions by reasoning about their size. a. Understand two fractions as equivalent (equal) if they are the same size, or the same point on a number line. Recognize that equivalencies are only valid when the two fractions refer to the same whole. b. Recognize and generate simple equivalent fractions, e.g., 1/2 = 2/4, 4/6 = 2/3). Explain why the fractions are equivalent, e.g., by using a visual fraction model. c. Express whole numbers as fractions, and recognize fractions that are equivalent to whole numbers. Examples: Express 3 in the form 3 = 3/1; recognize that 6/1 = 6; locate 4/4 and 1 at the same point of a number line diagram. d. Compare two fractions with the same numerator or the same denominator by reasoning about their size. Recognize that comparisons are valid only when the two fractions refer to the same whole. Record the results of comparisons with the symbols >, =, or <, and justify the conclusions, e.g., by using a visual fraction model. e. Know and understand that 25 cents is a ¼ of a dollar, 50 cents is ½ of a dollar, and 75 cents is ¾ of a dollar.


3. Explain equivalence of fractions in special cases, and compare fractions by reasoning about their size. a. Understand two fractions as equivalent (equal) if they are the same size, or the same point on a number line. b. Recognize and generate simple equivalent fractions, e.g., 1/2 = 2/4, 4/6 = 2/3). Explain why the fractions are equivalent, e.g., by using a visual fraction model. c. Express whole numbers as fractions, and recognize fractions that are equivalent to whole numbers. Examples: Express 3 in the form 3 = 3/1; recognize that 6/1 = 6; locate 4/4 and 1 at the same point of a number line diagram. d. Compare two fractions with the same numerator or the same denominator by reasoning about their size. Recognize that comparisons are valid only when the two fractions refer to the same whole. Record the results of comparisons with the symbols >, =, or <, and justify the conclusions, e.g., by using a visual fraction model.



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: 4



Key Ideas and Details

1. Refer to details and examples in a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text.


1. Refer to details and examples in a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text.



Text Type and Purposes

1. Write opinion pieces on topics or texts, supporting a point of view with reasons and information. a) Introduce a topic or text clearly, state an opinion, and create an organizational structure in which related ideas are grouped to support the writer’s purpose. b) Provide reasons that are supported by facts and details. c) Link opinion and reasons using words and phrases (e.g., for instance, in order to, in addition). d) Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-on-one, in groups, and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 4 topics and texts, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly. a) Come to discussions prepared, having read or studied required material; explicitly draw on that preparation and other information known about the topic to explore ideas under discussion. b) Follow agreed-upon rules for discussions and carry out assigned roles. c) Pose and respond to specific questions to clarify or follow up on information, and make comments that contribute to the discussion and link to the remarks of others. d) Review the key ideas expressed and explain their own ideas and understanding in light of the discussion.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Use interrogative, relative pronouns (who, whose, whom, which, that) and relative adverbs (where, when, why). b) Form and use the progressive (e.g., I was walking; I am walking; I will be walking) verb tenses. c) Use modal auxiliaries (e.g., can, may, must) to convey various conditions. d) Order adjectives within sentences according to conventional patterns (e.g., a small red bag rather than a red small bag). e) Form and use prepositional phrases. f) Produce complete sentences, recognizing and correcting inappropriate fragments and run-ons.* g) Correctly use frequently confused words (e.g., to, too, two; there, their).* h) Write fluidly and legibly in cursive or joined italics. CA



Key Ideas and Details

1. Refer to details and examples in a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text.


1. Refer to details and examples in a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text.



Text Type and Purposes

1. Write opinion pieces on topics or texts, supporting a point of view with reasons and information. a) Introduce a topic or text clearly, state an opinion, and create an organizational structure in which related ideas are grouped to support the writer’s purpose. b) Provide reasons that are supported by facts and details. c) Link opinion and reasons using words and phrases (e.g., for instance, in order to, in addition). d) Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-on-one, in groups, and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 4 topics and texts, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly. a) Come to discussions prepared, having read or studied required material; explicitly draw on that preparation and other information known about the topic to explore ideas under discussion. b) Follow agreed-upon rules for discussions and carry out assigned roles. c) Pose and respond to specific questions to clarify or follow up on information, and make comments that contribute to the discussion and link to the remarks of others. d) Review the key ideas expressed and explain their own ideas and understanding in light of the discussion.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Use relative pronouns (who, whose, whom, which, that) and relative adverbs (where, when, why). b) Form and use the progressive (e.g., I was walking; I am walking; I will be walking) verb tenses. c) Use modal auxiliaries (e.g., can, may, must) to convey various conditions. d) Order adjectives within sentences according to conventional patterns (e.g., a small red bag not a red small bag). e) Form and use prepositional phrases. f) Produce complete sentences, recognizing and correcting inappropriate fragments and run-ons.* g) Correctly use frequently confused words (e.g., to, too, two; there, their).*



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine a theme of a story, drama, or poem from details in the text; summarize the text.


2. Determine the main idea of a text and explain how it is supported by key details; summarize the text.



Text Type and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly. a) Introduce a topic clearly and group related information in paragraphs and sections; include formatting (e.g., headings), illustrations, and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples related to the topic. c) Link ideas within categories of information using words and phrases (e.g., another, for example, also, because). d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic. e) Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Paraphrase portions of a text read aloud or information presented in diverse media and formats, including visually, quantitatively, and orally.



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Use correct capitalization. b) Use commas and quotation marks to mark direct speech and quotations from a text. c) Use a comma before a coordinating conjunction in a compound sentence. d) Spell grade-appropriate words correctly, consulting references as needed.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine a theme of a story, drama, or poem from details in the text; summarize the text.


2. Determine the main idea of a text and explain how it is supported by key details; summarize the text.



Text Type and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly. a) Introduce a topic clearly and group related information in paragraphs and sections; include formatting (e.g., headings), illustrations, and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples related to the topic. c) Link ideas within categories of information using words and phrases (e.g., another, for example, also, because). d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic. e) Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Paraphrase portions of a text read aloud or information presented in diverse media and formats, including visually, quantitatively, and orally.



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Use correct capitalization. b)Use commas and quotation marks to mark direct speech and quotations from a text. c) Use a comma before a coordinating conjunction in a compound sentence. d) Spell grade-appropriate words correctly, consulting references as needed.



Key Ideas and Details

3. Describe in depth a character, setting, or event in a story or drama, drawing on specific details in the text (e.g., a character’s thoughts, words, or actions).


3. Explain events, procedures, ideas, or concepts in a historical, scientific, or technical text, including what happened and why, based on specific information in the text.



Phonics and Word Recognition

3. Know and apply grade-level phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words. a ) Use combined knowledge of all letter-sound correspondences, syllabication patterns, and morphology (e.g., roots and affixes) to read accurately unfamiliar multisyllabic words in context and out of context.



Text Type and Purposes

3. Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, descriptive details, and clear event sequences. a) Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator and/or characters; organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally. b) Use dialogue and description to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations. c) Use a variety of transitional words and phrases to manage the sequence of events. d) Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely. e) Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Identify the reasons and evidence a speaker or media source provides to support particular points. CA



Knowledge of Language

3. Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening. a) Choose words and phrases to convey ideas precisely.* b) Choose punctuation for effect.* c) Differentiate between contexts that call for formal English (e.g., presenting ideas) and situations where informal discourse is appropriate (e.g., small-group discussion).



Key Ideas and Details

3. Describe in depth a character, setting, or event in a story or drama, drawing on specific details in the text (e.g., a character’s thoughts, words, or actions).


3. Explain events, procedures, ideas, or concepts in a historical, scientific, or technical text, including what happened and why, based on specific information in the text.



Phonics and Word Recognition

3. Know and apply grade-level phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words. a ) Use combined knowledge of all letter-sound correspondences, syllabication patterns, and morphology (e.g., roots and affixes) to read accurately unfamiliar multisyllabic words in context and out of context.



Text Type and Purposes

3. Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, descriptive details, and clear event sequences. a) Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator and/or characters; organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally. b) Use dialogue and description to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations. c) Use a variety of transitional words and phrases to manage the sequence of events. d) Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely. e) Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Identify the reasons and evidence a speaker provides to support particular points.



Knowledge of Language

3. Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening. a) Choose words and phrases to convey ideas precisely.* b) Choose punctuation for effect.* c) Differentiate between contexts that call for formal English (e.g., presenting ideas) and situations where informal discourse is appropriate (e.g., small-group discussion).



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including those that allude to significant characters found in mythology (e.g., Herculean). (See grade 4 Language standards 4-6 on for additional expectations.) CA


4. Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words or phrases in a text relevant to a grade 4 topic or subject area. (See grade 4 Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations.) CA



Fluency

4. Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension. a) Read on-level text with purpose and understanding. b) Read on-level prose and poetry orally with accuracy, appropriate rate, and expression on successive readings. c) Use context to confirm or self-correct word recognition and understanding, rereading as necessary.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing (including multiple-paragraph texts) in which the development and organization are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience. (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3.) CA



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Report on a topic or text, tell a story, or recount an experience in an organized manner, using appropriate facts and relevant, descriptive details to support main ideas or themes; speak clearly at an understandable pace. a) Plan and deliver a narrative presentation that: relates ideas, observations, or recollections; provides a clear context; and includes clear insight into why the event or experience is memorable. CA



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on grade 4 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies. a) Use context (e.g., definitions, examples, or restatements in text) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase. b) Use common, grade-appropriate Greek and Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., telegraph, photograph, autograph). c) Consult reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation and determine or clarify the precise meaning of key words and phrases and to identify alternate word choices in all content areas. CA



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including those that allude to significant characters found in mythology (e.g., Herculean).


4. Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words or phrases in a text relevant to a grade 4 topic or subject area.



Fluency

4. Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension. a) Read on-level text with purpose and understanding. b) Read on-level prose and poetry orally with accuracy, appropriate rate, and expression on successive readings. c) Use context to confirm or self-correct word recognition and understanding, rereading as necessary.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience. (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Report on a topic or text, tell a story, or recount an experience in an organized manner, using appropriate facts and relevant, descriptive details to support main ideas or themes; speak clearly at an understandable pace.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on grade 4 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies. a) Use context (e.g., definitions, examples, or restatements in text) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase. b) Use common, grade-appropriate Greek and Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., telegraph, photograph, autograph). c) Consult reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation and determine or clarify the precise meaning of key words and phrases.



Craft and Structure

5. Explain major differences between poems, drama, and prose, and refer to the structural elements of poems (e.g., verse, rhythm, meter) and drama (e.g., casts of characters, settings, descriptions, dialogue, stage directions) when writing or speaking about a text.


5. Describe the overall structure (e.g., chronology, comparison, cause/effect, problem/solution) of events, ideas, concepts, or information in a text or part of a text.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, and editing. (Editing for conventions should demonstrate command of Language standards 1-3 up to and including grade 4.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Add audio recordings and visual displays to presentations when appropriate to enhance the development of main ideas or themes.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings. a) Explain the meaning of simple similes and metaphors (e.g., as pretty as a picture) in context. b) Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms, adages, and proverbs. c) Demonstrate understanding of words by relating them to their opposites (antonyms) and to words with similar but not identical meanings (synonyms).



Craft and Structure

5. Explain major differences between poems, drama, and prose, and refer to the structural elements of poems (e.g., verse, rhythm, meter) and drama (e.g., casts of characters, settings, descriptions, dialogue, stage directions) when writing or speaking about a text.


5. Describe the overall structure (e.g., chronology, comparison, cause/effect, problem/solution) of events, ideas, concepts, or information in a text or part of a text.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, and editing. (Editing for conventions should demonstrate command of Language standards 1-3 up to and including grade 4.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Add audio recordings and visual displays to presentations when appropriate to enhance the development of main ideas or themes.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings. a) Explain the meaning of simple similes and metaphors (e.g., as pretty as a picture) in context. b) Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms, adages, and proverbs. c) Demonstrate understanding of words by relating them to their opposites (antonyms) and to words with similar but not identical meanings (synonyms).



Craft and Structure

6. Compare and contrast the point of view from which different stories are narrated, including the difference between first- and third-person narrations.


6. Compare and contrast a firsthand and secondhand account of the same event or topic; describe the differences in focus and the information provided.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. With some guidance and support from adults, use technology, including the Internet, to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others; demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of one page in a single sitting.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Differentiate between contexts that call for formal English (e.g., presenting ideas) and situations where informal discourse is appropriate (e.g., small-group discussion); use formal English when appropriate to task and situation. (See grade 4 Language standards 1 and 3 for specific expectations.)



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Acquire and use accurately grade-appropriate general academic and domain-specific words and phrases, including those that signal precise actions, emotions, or states of being (e.g., quizzed, whined, stammered) and that are basic to a particular topic (e.g., wildlife, conservation, and endangered when discussing animal preservation).



Craft and Structure

6. Compare and contrast the point of view from which different stories are narrated, including the difference between first- and third-person narrations.


6. Compare and contrast a firsthand and secondhand account of the same event or topic; describe the differences in focus and the information provided.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. With some guidance and support from adults, use technology, including the Internet, to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others; demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of one page in a single sitting.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Differentiate between contexts that call for formal English (e.g., presenting ideas) and situations where informal discourse is appropriate (e.g., small-group discussion); use formal English when appropriate to task and situation. (See grade 4 Language standards 1 and 3 for specific expectations.)



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Acquire and use accurately grade-appropriate general academic and domain-specific words and phrases, including those that signal precise actions, emotions, or states of being (e.g., quizzed, whined, stammered) and that are basic to a particular topic (e.g., wildlife, conservation, and endangered when discussing animal preservation).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Make connections between the text of a story or drama and a visual or oral presentation of the text, identifying where each version reflects specific descriptions and directions in the text.


7. Interpret information presented visually, orally, or quantitatively (e.g., in charts, graphs, diagrams, time lines, animations, or interactive elements on Web pages) and explain how the information contributes to an understanding of the text in which it appears.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short research projects that build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Make connections between the text of a story or drama and a visual or oral presentation of the text, identifying where each version reflects specific descriptions and directions in the text.


7. Interpret information presented visually, orally, or quantitatively (e.g., in charts, graphs, diagrams, time lines, animations, or interactive elements on Web pages) and explain how the information contributes to an understanding of the text in which it appears.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short research projects that build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources; take notes, paraphrase, and categorize information; and provide a list of sources.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources; take notes, and categorize information, and provide a list of sources.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Compare and contrast the treatment of similar themes and topics (e.g., opposition of good and evil) and patterns of events (e.g., the quest) in stories, myths, and traditional literature from different cultures.


9. Integrate information from two texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research. a) Apply grade 4 Reading standards to literature (e.g., “Describe in depth a character, setting, or event in a story or drama, drawing on specific details in the text [e.g., a character’s thoughts, words, or actions].”). b) Apply grade 4 Reading standards to informational texts (e.g., “Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text”).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Compare and contrast the treatment of similar themes and topics (e.g., opposition of good and evil) and patterns of events (e.g., the quest) in stories, myths, and traditional literature from different cultures.


9. Integrate information from two texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research. a) Apply grade 4 Reading standards to literature (e.g., “Describe in depth a character, setting, or event in a story or drama, drawing on specific details in the text [e.g., a character’s thoughts, words, or actions].”). b) Apply grade 4 Reading standards to informational texts (e.g., “Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text”).



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poetry, in the grades 4-5 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.


10. By the end of year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, in the grades 4-5 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poetry, in the grades 4-5 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.


10. By the end of year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, in the grades 4-5 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: 4


Operations and Algebraic Thinking


Use the four operations with whole numbers to solve problems.

4.OA.1

1. Interpret a multiplication equation as a comparison, e.g., interpret 35 = 5 × 7 as a statement that 35 is 5 times as many as 7 and 7 times as many as 5. Represent verbal statements of multiplicative comparisons as multiplication equations.


1. Interpret a multiplication equation as a comparison, e.g., interpret 35 = 5 &times; 7 as a statement that 35 is 5 times as many as 7 and 7 times as many as 5. Represent verbal statements of multiplicative comparisons as multiplication equations.


4.OA.2

2. Multiply or divide to solve word problems involving multiplicative comparison, e.g., by using drawings and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem, distinguishing multiplicative comparison from additive comparison. (See Glossary, Table 2.)



2. Multiply or divide to solve word problems involving multiplicative comparison, e.g., by using drawings and equations with a symbol for the unknown number to represent the problem, distinguishing multiplicative comparison from additive comparison. (See Glossary, Table 2.)


4.OA.3

3. Solve multistep word problems posed with whole numbers and having whole-number answers using the four operations, including problems in which remainders must be interpreted. Represent these problems using equations with a letter standing for the unknown quantity. Assess the reasonableness of answers using mental computation and estimation strategies including rounding and explain why a rounded solution is appropriate.


3. Solve multistep word problems posed with whole numbers and having whole-number answers using the four operations, including problems in which remainders must be interpreted. Represent these problems using equations with a letter standing for the unknown quantity. Assess the reasonableness of answers using mental computation and estimation strategies including rounding.



Gain familiarity with factors and multiples.

4.OA.4

4. Find all factor pairs for a whole number in the range 1-100. Recognize that a whole number is a multiple of each of its factors. Determine whether a given whole number in the range 1-100 is a multiple of a given one-digit number. Determine whether a given whole number in the range 1-100 is prime or composite.


4. Find all factor pairs for a whole number in the range 1-100. Recognize that a whole number is a multiple of each of its factors. Determine whether a given whole number in the range 1-100 is a multiple of a given one-digit number. Determine whether a given whole number in the range 1-100 is prime or composite.



Generate and analyze patterns.

4.OA.5

5. Generate a number or shape pattern that follows a given rule. Identify apparent features of the pattern that were not explicit in the rule itself. For example, given the rule “Add 3” and the starting number 1, generate terms in the resulting sequence and observe that the terms appear to alternate between odd and even numbers. Explain informally why the numbers will continue to alternate in this way.


5. Generate a number or shape pattern that follows a given rule. Identify apparent features of the pattern that were not explicit in the rule itself. For example, given the rule “Add 3” and the starting number 1, generate terms in the resulting sequence and observe that the terms appear to alternate between odd and even numbers. Explain informally why the numbers will continue to alternate in this way.



Number and Operations in Base Ten (Grade 4 expectations in ths domain are limited to whole numbers less than or equal to 1,000,000.)


Generalize place value understanding for multi-digit whole numbers.

4.NBT.1

1. Recognize that in a multi-digit whole number, a digit in one place represents ten times what it represents in the place to its right. For example, recognize that 700 ÷ 70 = 10 by applying concepts of place value and division.


1. Recognize that in a multi-digit whole number, a digit in one place represents ten times what it represents in the place to its right. For example, recognize that 700 &divide; 70 = 10 by applying concepts of place value and division.


4.NBT.2

2. Read and write multi-digit whole numbers using base-ten numerals, number names, and expanded form. Compare two multi-digit numbers based on meanings of the digits in each place, using >, =, and < symbols to record the results of comparisons.



2. Read and write multi-digit whole numbers using base-ten numerals, number names, and expanded form. Compare two multi-digit numbers based on meanings of the digits in each place, using >, =, and < symbols to record the results of comparisons.


4.NBT.3

3. Use place value understanding to round multi-digit whole numbers to any place.


3. Use place value understanding to round multi-digit whole numbers to any place.



Use place value understanding and properties of operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.

4.NBT.4

4. Fluently add and subtract multi-digit whole numbers using the standard algorithm.


4. Fluently add and subtract multi-digit whole numbers using the standard algorithm.


4.NBT.5

5. Multiply a whole number of up to four digits by a one-digit whole number, and multiply two two-digit numbers, using strategies based on place value and the properties of operations. Illustrate and explain the calculation by using equations, rectangular arrays, and/or area models.



5. Multiply a whole number of up to four digits by a one-digit whole number, and multiply two two-digit numbers, using strategies based on place value and the properties of operations. Illustrate and explain the calculation by using equations, rectangular arrays, and/or area models.


4.NBT.6

6. Find whole-number quotients and remainders with up to four-digit dividends and one-digit divisors, using strategies based on place value, the properties of operations, and/or the relationship between multiplication and division. Illustrate and explain the calculation by using equations, rectangular arrays, and/or area models.


6. Find whole-number quotients and remainders with up to four-digit dividends and one-digit divisors, using strategies based on place value, the properties of operations, and/or the relationship between multiplication and division. Illustrate and explain the calculation by using equations, rectangular arrays, and/or area models.



Measurement and Data


Solve problems involving measurement and conversion of measurements from a larger unit to a smaller unit.

4.MD.1

1. Know relative sizes of measurement units within one system of units including km, m, cm; kg, g; lb, oz.; l, ml; hr, min, sec. Within a single system of measurement, express measurements in a larger unit in terms of a smaller unit. Record measurement equivalents in a two-column table. For example, know that 1 ft is 12 times as long as 1 in. Express the length of a 4 ft snake as 48 in. Generate a conversion table for feet and inches listing the number pairs (1, 12), (2, 24), (3, 36), ...


1. Know relative sizes of measurement units within one system of units including km, m, cm; kg, g; lb, oz.; l, ml; hr, min, sec. Within a single system of measurement, express measurements in a larger unit in terms of a smaller unit. Record measurement equivalents in a two-column table. For example, know that 1 ft is 12 times as long as 1 in. Express the length of a 4 ft snake as 48 in. Generate a conversion table for feet and inches listing the number pairs (1, 12), (2, 24), (3, 36), ...


4.MD.2

2. Use the four operations to solve word problems involving distances, intervals of time, liquid volumes, masses of objects, and money, including problems involving simple fractions or decimals, and problems that require expressing measurements given in a larger unit in terms of a smaller unit. Represent measurement quantities using diagrams such as number line diagrams that feature a measurement scale.



2. Use the four operations to solve word problems involving distances, intervals of time, liquid volumes, masses of objects, and money, including problems involving simple fractions or decimals, and problems that require expressing measurements given in a larger unit in terms of a smaller unit. Represent measurement quantities using diagrams such as number line diagrams that feature a measurement scale.


4.MD.3

3. Apply the area and perimeter formulas for rectangles in real world and mathematical problems. For example, find the width of a rectangular room given the area of the flooring and the length, by viewing the area formula as a multiplication equation with an unknown factor.


3. Apply the area and perimeter formulas for rectangles in real world and mathematical problems. For example, find the width of a rectangular room given the area of the flooring and the length, by viewing the area formula as a multiplication equation with an unknown factor.



Represent and interpret data.

4.MD.4

4. Make a line plot to display a data set of measurements in fractions of a unit (1/2, 1/4, 1/8). Solve problems involving addition and subtraction of fractions by using information presented in line plots. For example, from a line plot find and interpret the difference in length between the longest and shortest specimens in an insect collection.


4. Make a line plot to display a data set of measurements in fractions of a unit (1/2, 1/4, 1/8). Solve problems involving addition and subtraction of fractions by using information presented in line plots. For example, from a line plot find and interpret the difference in length between the longest and shortest specimens in an insect collection.



Geometric measurement: understand concepts of angle and measurement angles.

4.MD.5

5. Recognize angles as geometric shapes that are formed wherever two rays share a common endpoint, and understand concepts of angle measurement: a. An angle is measured with reference to a circle with its center at the common endpoint of the rays, by considering the fraction of the circular arc between the points where the two rays intersect the circle. An angle that turns through 1/360 of a circle is called a “one-degree angle,” and can be used to measure angles. b. An angle that turns through n one-degree angles is said to have an angle measure of n degrees.


5. Recognize angles as geometric shapes that are formed wherever two rays share a common endpoint, and understand concepts of angle measurement: a. An angle is measured with reference to a circle with its center at the common endpoint of the rays, by considering the fraction of the circular arc between the points where the two rays intersect the circle. An angle that turns through 1/360 of a circle is called a “one-degree angle,” and can be used to measure angles. b. An angle that turns through n one-degree angles is said to have an angle measure of n degrees.


4.MD.6

6. Measure angles in whole-number degrees using a protractor. Sketch angles of specified measure.



6. Measure angles in whole-number degrees using a protractor. Sketch angles of specified measure.


4.MD.7

7. Recognize angle measure as additive. When an angle is decomposed into non-overlapping parts, the angle measure of the whole is the sum of the angle measures of the parts. Solve addition and subtraction problems to find unknown angles on a diagram in real world and mathematical problems, e.g., by using an equation with a symbol for the unknown angle measure.


7. Recognize angle measure as additive. When an angle is decomposed into non-overlapping parts, the angle measure of the whole is the sum of the angle measures of the parts. Solve addition and subtraction problems to find unknown angles on a diagram in real world and mathematical problems, e.g., by using an equation with a symbol for the unknown angle measure.



Geometry


Draw and identify lines and angles, and classify shapes by properties of their lines and angles.

4.G.1

1. Draw points, lines, line segments, rays, angles (right, acute, obtuse), and perpendicular and parallel lines. Identify these in two-dimensional figures.


1. Draw points, lines, line segments, rays, angles (right, acute, obtuse), and perpendicular and parallel lines. Identify these in two-dimensional figures.


4.G.2

2. Classify two-dimensional figures based on the presence or absence of parallel or perpendicular lines, or the presence or absence of angles of a specified size. Recognize right triangles as a category, and identify right triangles. (Two dimensional shapes should include special triangles, e.g., equilateral, isosceles, scalene, and special quadrilaterals, e.g., rhombus, square, rectangle, parallelogram, trapezoid.)



2. Classify two-dimensional figures based on the presence or absence of parallel or perpendicular lines, or the presence or absence of angles of a specified size. Recognize right triangles as a category, and identify right triangles.


4.G.3

3. Recognize a line of symmetry for a two-dimensional figure as a line across the figure such that the figure can be folded along the line into matching parts. Identify line-symmetric figures and draw lines of symmetry.


3. Recognize a line of symmetry for a two-dimensional figure as a line across the figure such that the figure can be folded along the line into matching parts. Identify line-symmetric figures and draw lines of symmetry.



Number and Operations - Fractions (Grade 4 expectations in ths domain are limited to fractions with denominators 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, and 100).


Extend understanding of fraction equivalence and ordering.

4.NF.1

1. Explain why a fraction a/b is equivalent to a fraction (n × a)/(n × b) by using visual fraction models, with attention to how the number and size of the parts differ even though the two fractions themselves are the same size. Use this principle to recognize and generate equivalent fractions.


1. Explain why a fraction a/b is equivalent to a fraction (n &times; a)/(n &times; b) by using visual fraction models, with attention to how the number and size of the parts differ even though the two fractions themselves are the same size. Use this principle to recognize and generate equivalent fractions.


4.NF.2

2. Compare two fractions with different numerators and different denominators, e.g., by creating common denominators or numerators, or by comparing to a benchmark fraction such as 1/2. Recognize that comparisons are valid only when the two fractions refer to the same whole. Record the results of comparisons with symbols >, =, or <, and justify the conclusions, e.g., by using a visual fraction model.



2. Compare two fractions with different numerators and different denominators, e.g., by creating common denominators or numerators, or by comparing to a benchmark fraction such as 1/2. Recognize that comparisons are valid only when the two fractions refer to the same whole. Record the results of comparisons with symbols >, =, or <, and justify the conclusions, e.g., by using a visual fraction model.



Build fractions from unit fractions by applying and extending previous understandings of operations on whole numbers.

4.NF.3

3. Understand a fraction a/b with a > 1 as a sum of fractions 1/b. a. Understand addition and subtraction of fractions as joining and separating parts referring to the same whole. b. Decompose a fraction into a sum of fractions with the same denominator in more than one way, recording each decomposition by an equation. Justify decompositions, e.g., by using a visual fraction model. Examples: 3/8 = 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 ; 3/8 = 1/8 + 2/8 ; 2 1/8 = 1 + 1 + 1/8 = 8/8 + 8/8 + 1/8. c. Add and subtract mixed numbers with like denominators, e.g., by replacing each mixed number with an equivalent fraction, and/or by using properties of operations and the relationship between addition and subtraction. d. Solve word problems involving addition and subtraction of fractions referring to the same whole and having like denominators, e.g., by using visual fraction models and equations to represent the problem.


3. Understand a fraction a/b with a > 1 as a sum of fractions 1/b. a. Understand addition and subtraction of fractions as joining and separating parts referring to the same whole. b. Decompose a fraction into a sum of fractions with the same denominator in more than one way, recording each decomposition by an equation. Justify decompositions, e.g., by using a visual fraction model. Examples: 3/8 = 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 ; 3/8 = 1/8 + 2/8 ; 2 1/8 = 1 + 1 + 1/8 = 8/8 + 8/8 + 1/8. c. Add and subtract mixed numbers with like denominators, e.g., by replacing each mixed number with an equivalent fraction, and/or by using properties of operations and the relationship between addition and subtraction. d. Solve word problems involving addition and subtraction of fractions referring to the same whole and having like denominators, e.g., by using visual fraction models and equations to represent the problem.


4.NF.4

4. Apply and extend previous understandings of multiplication to multiply a fraction by a whole number. a. Understand a fraction a/b as a multiple of 1/b. For example, use a visual fraction model to represent 5/4 as the product 5 × (1/4), recording the conclusion by the equation 5/4 = 5 × (1/4). b. Understand a multiple of a/b as a multiple of 1/b, and use this understanding to multiply a fraction by a whole number. For example, use a visual fraction model to express 3 × (2/5) as 6 × (1/5), recognizing this product as 6/5. (In general, n × (a/b) = (n × a)/b.) c. Solve word problems involving multiplication of a fraction by a whole number, e.g., by using visual fraction models and equations to represent the problem. For example, if each person at a party will eat 3/8 of a pound of roast beef, and there will be 5 people at the party, how many pounds of roast beef will be needed? Between what two whole numbers does your answer lie?



4. Apply and extend previous understandings of multiplication to multiply a fraction by a whole number. a. Understand a fraction a/b as a multiple of 1/b. For example, use a visual fraction model to represent 5/4 as the product 5 &times; (1/4), recording the conclusion by the equation 5/4 = 5 &times; (1/4). b. Understand a multiple of a/b as a multiple of 1/b, and use this understanding to multiply a fraction by a whole number. For example, use a visual fraction model to express 3 &times; (2/5) as 6 &times; (1/5), recognizing this product as 6/5. (In general, n &times; (a/b) = (n &times; a)/b.) c. Solve word problems involving multiplication of a fraction by a whole number, e.g., by using visual fraction models and equations to represent the problem. For example, if each person at a party will eat 3/8 of a pound of roast beef, and there will be 5 people at the party, how many pounds of roast beef will be needed? Between what two whole numbers does your answer lie?



Understand decimal notation for fractions, and compare decimal fractions.

4.NF.5

5. Express a fraction with denominator 10 as an equivalent fraction with denominator 100, and use this technique to add two fractions with respective denominators 10 and 100. (Students who can generate equivalent fractions can develop strategies for adding fractions with unlike denominators in general. But addition and subtraction with unlike denominators in general is not a requirement at this grade.) For example, express 3/10 as 30/100, and add 3/10 + 4/100 = 34/100.


5. Express a fraction with denominator 10 as an equivalent fraction with denominator 100, and use this technique to add two fractions with respective denominators 10 and 100. (Students who can generate equivalent fractions can develop strategies for adding fractions with unlike denominators in general. But addition and subtraction with unlike denominators in general is not a requirement at this grade.) For example, express 3/10 as 30/100, and add 3/10 + 4/100 = 34/100.


4.NF.6

6. Use decimal notation for fractions with denominators 10 or 100. For example, rewrite 0.62 as 62/100; describe a length as 0.62 meters; locate 0.62 on a number line diagram.



6. Use decimal notation for fractions with denominators 10 or 100. For example, rewrite 0.62 as 62/100; describe a length as 0.62 meters; locate 0.62 on a number line diagram.


4.NF.7

7. Compare two decimals to hundredths by reasoning about their size. Recognize that comparisons are valid only when the two decimals refer to the same whole. Record the results of comparisons with the symbols >, =, or <, and justify the conclusions, e.g., by using the number line or another visual model.


7. Compare two decimals to hundredths by reasoning about their size. Recognize that comparisons are valid only when the two decimals refer to the same whole. Record the results of comparisons with the symbols >, =, or <, and justify the conclusions, e.g., by using a visual model.



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: 5



Key Ideas and Details

1. Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text.


1. Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text.



Text Type and Purposes

1. Write opinion pieces on topics or texts, supporting a point of view with reasons and information. a) Introduce a topic or text clearly, state an opinion, and create an organizational structure in which ideas are logically grouped to support the writer’s purpose. b) Provide logically ordered reasons that are supported by facts and details. c) Link opinion and reasons using words, phrases, and clauses (e.g., consequently, specifically). d) Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-on-one, in groups, and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 5 topics and texts, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly. a) Come to discussions prepared, having read or studied required material; explicitly draw on that preparation and other information known about the topic to explore ideas under discussion. b) Follow agreed-upon rules for discussions and carry out assigned roles. c) Pose and respond to specific questions by making comments that contribute to the discussion and elaborate on the remarks of others. d) Review the key ideas expressed and draw conclusions in light of information and knowledge gained from the discussions.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Explain the function of conjunctions, prepositions, and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences. b) Form and use the perfect (e.g., I had walked; I have walked; I will have walked) verb tenses. c) Use verb tense to convey various times, sequences, states, and conditions. d) Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense.* e) Use correlative conjunctions (e.g., either/or, neither/nor).



Key Ideas and Details

1. Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text.


1. Quote accurately from a text when explaining what the text says explicitly and when drawing inferences from the text.



Text Type and Purposes

1. Write opinion pieces on topics or texts, supporting a point of view with reasons and information. a) Introduce a topic or text clearly, state an opinion, and create an organizational structure in which ideas are logically grouped to support the writer’s purpose. b) Provide logically ordered reasons that are supported by facts and details. c) Link opinion and reasons using words, phrases, and clauses (e.g., consequently, specifically). d) Provide a concluding statement or section related to the opinion presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-on-one, in groups, and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 5 topics and texts, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly. a) Come to discussions prepared, having read or studied required material; explicitly draw on that preparation and other information known about the topic to explore ideas under discussion. b) Follow agreed-upon rules for discussions and carry out assigned roles. c) Pose and respond to specific questions by making comments that contribute to the discussion and elaborate on the remarks of others. d) Review the key ideas expressed and draw conclusions in light of information and knowledge gained from the discussions.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Explain the function of conjunctions, prepositions, and interjections in general and their function in particular sentences. b) Form and use the perfect (e.g., I had walked; I have walked; I will have walked) verb tenses. c) Use verb tense to convey various times, sequences, states, and conditions. d) Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb tense.* e) Use correlative conjunctions (e.g., either/or, neither/nor).



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine a theme of a story, drama, or poem from details in the text, including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic; summarize the text.


2. Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details; summarize the text.



Text Type and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly. a) Introduce a topic clearly, provide a general observation and focus, and group related information logically; include formatting (e.g., headings), illustrations, and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples related to the topic. c) Link ideas within and across categories of information using words, phrases, and clauses (e.g., in contrast, especially). d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic. e) Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Summarize a written text read aloud or information presented in diverse media and formats, including visually, quantitatively, and orally.



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Use punctuation to separate items in a series.* b) Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence. c) Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (e.g., Yes, thank you), to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (e.g., It’s true, isn’t it?), and to indicate direct address (e.g., Is that you, Steve?). d) Use underlining, quotation marks, or italics to indicate titles of works. e) Spell grade-appropriate words correctly, consulting references as needed.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine a theme of a story, drama, or poem from details in the text, including how characters in a story or drama respond to challenges or how the speaker in a poem reflects upon a topic; summarize the text.


2. Determine two or more main ideas of a text and explain how they are supported by key details; summarize the text.



Text Type and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas and information clearly. a) Introduce a topic clearly, provide a general observation and focus, and group related information logically; include formatting (e.g., headings), illustrations, and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples related to the topic. c) Link ideas within and across categories of information using words, phrases, and clauses (e.g., in contrast, especially). d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic. e) Provide a concluding statement or section related to the information or explanation presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Summarize a written text read aloud or information presented in diverse media and formats, including visually, quantitatively, and orally.



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Use punctuation to separate items in a series.* b) Use a comma to separate an introductory element from the rest of the sentence. c) Use a comma to set off the words yes and no (e.g., Yes, thank you), to set off a tag question from the rest of the sentence (e.g., It’s true, isn’t it?), and to indicate direct address (e.g., Is that you, Steve?). d) Use underlining, quotation marks, or italics to indicate titles of works. e) Spell grade-appropriate words correctly, consulting references as needed.



Key Ideas and Details

3. Compare and contrast two or more characters, settings, or events in a story or drama, drawing on specific details in the text (e.g., how characters interact).


3. Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals, events, ideas, or concepts in a historical, scientific, or technical text based on specific information in the text.



Phonics and Word Recognition

3. Know and apply grade-level phonics word analysis skills in decoding words. a ) Use combined knowledge of all letter-sound correspondences, syllabication patterns, and morphology (e.g., roots and affixes) to read accurately unfamiliar multisyllabic words in context and out of context.



Text Type and Purposes

3. Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, descriptive details, and clear event sequences. a) Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator and/or characters; organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally. b) Use narrative techniques, such as dialogue, description, and pacing, to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations. c) Use a variety of transitional words, phrases, and clauses to manage the sequence of events. d) Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely. e) Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Summarize the points a speaker or media source makes and explain how each claim is supported by reasons and evidence, and identify and analyze any logical fallacies. CA



Knowledge of Language

3. Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening. a) Expand, combine, and reduce sentences for meaning, reader/listener interest, and style. b) Compare and contrast the varieties of English (e.g., dialects, registers) used in stories, dramas, or poems.



Key Ideas and Details

3. Compare and contrast two or more characters, settings, or events in a story or drama, drawing on specific details in the text (e.g., how characters interact).


3. Explain the relationships or interactions between two or more individuals, events, ideas, or concepts in a historical, scientific, or technical text based on specific information in the text.



Phonics and Word Recognition

3. Know and apply grade-level phonics and word analysis skills in decoding words. a ) Use combined knowledge of all letter-sound correspondences, syllabication patterns, and morphology (e.g., roots and affixes) to read accurately unfamiliar multisyllabic words in context and out of context.



Text Type and Purposes

3. Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, descriptive details, and clear event sequences. a) Orient the reader by establishing a situation and introducing a narrator and/or characters; organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally. b) Use narrative techniques, such as dialogue, description, and pacing, to develop experiences and events or show the responses of characters to situations. c) Use a variety of transitional words, phrases, and clauses to manage the sequence of events. d) Use concrete words and phrases and sensory details to convey experiences and events precisely. e) Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Summarize the points a speaker makes and explain how each claim is supported by reasons and evidence.



Knowledge of Language

3. Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening. a) Expand, combine, and reduce sentences for meaning, reader/listener interest, and style. b) Compare and contrast the varieties of English (e.g., dialects, registers) used in stories, dramas, or poems.



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative language such as metaphors and similes. (See grade 5 Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations.) CA


4. Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area. (See grade 5 Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations.) CA



Fluency

4. Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension. a) Read on-level text with purpose and understanding. b) Read on-level prose and poetry orally with accuracy, appropriate rate, and expression on successive readings. c) Use context to confirm or self-correct word recognition and understanding, rereading as necessary.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing (including multiple-paragraph texts) in which the development and organization are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience. (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3.) CA



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Report on a topic or text or present an opinion, sequencing ideas logically and using appropriate facts and relevant, descriptive details to support main ideas or themes; speak clearly at an understandable pace. a) Plan and deliver an opinion speech that: states an opinion, logically sequences evidence to support the speaker’s position, uses transition words to effectively link opinions and evidence (e.g., consequently and therefore), and provides a concluding statement related to the speaker’s position. CA b) Memorize and recite a poem or section of a speech or historical document using rate, expression, and gestures appropriate to the selection. CA



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on grade 5 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies. a) Use context (e.g., cause/effect relationships and comparisons in text) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase. b) Use common, grade-appropriate Greek and Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., photograph, photosynthesis). c) Consult reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation and determine or clarify the precise meaning of key words and phrases and to identify alternate word choices in all content areas. CA



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative language such as metaphors and similes.


4. Determine the meaning of general academic and domain-specific words and phrases in a text relevant to a grade 5 topic or subject area.



Fluency

4. Read with sufficient accuracy and fluency to support comprehension. a) Read on-level text with purpose and understanding. b) Read on-level prose and poetry orally with accuracy, appropriate rate, and expression on successive readings. c) Use context to confirm or self-correct word recognition and understanding, rereading as necessary.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development and organization are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience. (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Report on a topic or text or present an opinion, sequencing ideas logically and using appropriate facts and relevant, descriptive details to support main ideas or themes; speak clearly at an understandable pace.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on grade 5 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies. a) Use context (e.g., cause/effect relationships and comparisons in text) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase. b) Use common, grade-appropriate Greek and Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., photograph, photosynthesis). c) Consult reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation and determine or clarify the precise meaning of key words and phrases.



Craft and Structure

5. Explain how a series of chapters, scenes, or stanzas fits together to provide the overall structure of a particular story, drama, or poem.


5. Compare and contrast the overall structure (e.g., chronology, comparison, cause/effect, problem/solution) of events, ideas, concepts, or information in two or more texts.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach. (Editing for conventions should demonstrate command of Language standards 1-3 up to and including grade 5.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Include multimedia components (e.g., graphics, sound) and visual displays in presentations when appropriate to enhance the development of main ideas or themes.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings. a) Interpret figurative language, including similes and metaphors, in context. b) Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms, adages, and proverbs. c) Use the relationship between particular words (e.g., synonyms, antonyms, homographs) to better understand each of the words.



Craft and Structure

5. Explain how a series of chapters, scenes, or stanzas fits together to provide the overall structure of a particular story, drama, or poem.


5. Compare and contrast the overall structure (e.g., chronology, comparison, cause/effect, problem/solution) of events, ideas, concepts, or information in two or more texts.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach. (Editing for conventions should demonstrate command of Language standards 1-3 up to and including grade 5.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Include multimedia components (e.g., graphics, sound) and visual displays in presentations when appropriate to enhance the development of main ideas or themes.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings. a) Interpret figurative language, including similes and metaphors, in context. b) Recognize and explain the meaning of common idioms, adages, and proverbs. c) Use the relationship between particular words (e.g., synonyms, antonyms, homographs) to better understand each of the words.



Craft and Structure

6. Describe how a narrator’s or speaker’s point of view influences how events are described.


6. Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic, noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. With some guidance and support from adults, use technology, including the Internet, to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others; demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of two pages in a single sitting.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Adapt speech to a variety of contexts and tasks, using formal English when appropriate to task and situation. (See grade 5 Language standards 1 and 3 for specific expectations.)



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Acquire and use accurately grade-appropriate general academic and domain-specific words and phrases, including those that signal contrast, addition, and other logical relationships (e.g., however, although, nevertheless, similarly, moreover, in addition).



Craft and Structure

6. Describe how a narrator’s or speaker’s point of view influences how events are described.


6. Analyze multiple accounts of the same event or topic, noting important similarities and differences in the point of view they represent.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. With some guidance and support from adults, use technology, including the Internet, to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others; demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of two pages in a single sitting.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Adapt speech to a variety of contexts and tasks, using formal English when appropriate to task and situation. (See grade 5 Language standards 1 and 3 for specific expectations.)



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Acquire and use accurately grade-appropriate general academic and domain-specific words and phrases, including those that signal contrast, addition, and other logical relationships (e.g., however, although, nevertheless, similarly, moreover, in addition).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning, tone, or beauty of a text (e.g., graphic novel, multimedia presentation of fiction, folktale, myth, poem).


7. Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources, demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short research projects that use several sources to build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning, tone, or beauty of a text (e.g., graphic novel, multimedia presentation of fiction, folktale, myth, poem).


7. Draw on information from multiple print or digital sources, demonstrating the ability to locate an answer to a question quickly or to solve a problem efficiently.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short research projects that use several sources to build knowledge through investigation of different aspects of a topic.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text, identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources; summarize or paraphrase information in notes and finished work, and provide a list of sources.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text, identifying which reasons and evidence support which point(s).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Recall relevant information from experiences or gather relevant information from print and digital sources; summarize or paraphrase information in notes and finished work, and provide a list of sources.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Compare and contrast stories in the same genre (e.g., mysteries and adventure stories) on their approaches to similar themes and topics.


9. Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research. a) Apply grade 5 Reading standards to literature (e.g., “Compare and contrast two or more characters, settings, or events in a story or a drama, drawing on specific details in the text [e.g., how characters interact]”). b) Apply grade 5 Reading standards to informational texts (e.g., “Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text, identifying which reasons and evidence support which point[s]”).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Compare and contrast stories in the same genre (e.g., mysteries and adventure stories) on their approaches to similar themes and topics.


9. Integrate information from several texts on the same topic in order to write or speak about the subject knowledgeably.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research. a) Apply grade 5 Reading standards to literature (e.g., “Compare and contrast two or more characters, settings, or events in a story or a drama, drawing on specific details in the text [e.g., how characters interact]”). b) Apply grade 5 Reading standards to informational texts (e.g., “Explain how an author uses reasons and evidence to support particular points in a text, identifying which reasons and evidence support which point[s]”).



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poetry, at the high end of the grades 4-5 text complexity band independently and proficiently.


10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, at the high end of the grades 4-5 text complexity band independently and proficiently.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poetry, at the high end of the grades 4-5 text complexity band independently and proficiently.


10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend informational texts, including history/social studies, science, and technical texts, at the high end of the grades 4-5 text complexity band independently and proficiently.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: 5


Operations and Algebraic Thinking


Write and interpret numerical expressions

5.OA.1

1. Use parentheses, brackets, or braces in numerical expressions, and evaluate expressions with these symbols.


1. Use parentheses, brackets, or braces in numerical expressions, and evaluate expressions with these symbols.


5.OA.2

2. Write simple expressions that record calculations with numbers, and interpret numerical expressions without evaluating them. For example, express the calculation “add 8 and 7, then multiply by 2” as 2 × (8 + 7). Recognize that 3 × (18932 + 921) is three times as large as 18932 + 921, without having to calculate the indicated sum or product.



2. Write simple expressions that record calculations with numbers, and interpret numerical expressions without evaluating them. For example, express the calculation “add 8 and 7, then multiply by 2” as 2 &times; (8 + 7). Recognize that 3 &times; (18932 + 921) is three times as large as 18932 + 921, without having to calculate the indicated sum or product.


5.OA.2.1

2.1. Express a whole number in the range 2-50 as a product of its prime factors. For example, find the prime factors of 24 and express 24 as 2x2x2x3.



Analyze patterns and relationships.

5.OA.3

3. Generate two numerical patterns using two given rules. Identify apparent relationships between corresponding terms. Form ordered pairs consisting of corresponding terms from the two patterns, and graph the ordered pairs on a coordinate plane. For example, given the rule “Add 3” and the starting number 0, and given the rule “Add 6” and the starting number 0, generate terms in the resulting sequences, and observe that the terms in one sequence are twice the corresponding terms in the other sequence. Explain informally why this is so.


3. Generate two numerical patterns using two given rules. Identify apparent relationships between corresponding terms. Form ordered pairs consisting of corresponding terms from the two patterns, and graph the ordered pairs on a coordinate plane. For example, given the rule “Add 3” and the starting number 0, and given the rule “Add 6” and the starting number 0, generate terms in the resulting sequences, and observe that the terms in one sequence are twice the corresponding terms in the other sequence. Explain informally why this is so.



Number and Operations in Base Ten


Understand the place value system.

5.NBT.1

1. Recognize that in a multi-digit number, a digit in one place represents 10 times as much as it represents in the place to its right and 1/10 of what it represents in the place to its left.


1. Recognize that in a multi-digit number, a digit in one place represents 10 times as much as it represents in the place to its right and 1/10 of what it represents in the place to its left.


5.NBT.2

2. Explain patterns in the number of zeros of the product when multiplying a number by powers of 10, and explain patterns in the placement of the decimal point when a decimal is multiplied or divided by a power of 10. Use whole-number exponents to denote powers of 10.



2. Explain patterns in the number of zeros of the product when multiplying a number by powers of 10, and explain patterns in the placement of the decimal point when a decimal is multiplied or divided by a power of 10. Use whole-number exponents to denote powers of 10.


5.NBT.3

3. Read, write, and compare decimals to thousandths. a. Read and write decimals to thousandths using base-ten numerals, number names, and expanded form, e.g., 347.392 = 3 × 100 + 4 × 10 + 7 × 1 + 3 × (1/10) + 9 × (1/100) + 2 × (1/1000). b. Compare two decimals to thousandths based on meanings of the digits in each place, using >, =, and < symbols to record the results of comparisons.


3. Read, write, and compare decimals to thousandths. a. Read and write decimals to thousandths using base-ten numerals, number names, and expanded form, e.g., 347.392 = 3 &times; 100 + 4 &times; 10 + 7 &times; 1 + 3 &times; (1/10) + 9 &times; (1/100) + 2 &times; (1/1000). b. Compare two decimals to thousandths based on meanings of the digits in each place, using >, =, and < symbols to record the results of comparisons.



5.NBT.4

4. Use place value understanding to round decimals to any place.


4. Use place value understanding to round decimals to any place.



Perform operations with multi-digit whole numbers and with decimals to hundredths.

5.NBT.5

5. Fluently multiply multi-digit whole numbers using the standard algorithm.


5. Fluently multiply multi-digit whole numbers using the standard algorithm.


5.NBT.6

6. Find whole-number quotients of whole numbers with up to four-digit dividends and two-digit divisors, using strategies based on place value, the properties of operations, and/or the relationship between multiplication and division. Illustrate and explain the calculation by using equations, rectangular arrays, and/or area models.



6. Find whole-number quotients of whole numbers with up to four-digit dividends and two-digit divisors, using strategies based on place value, the properties of operations, and/or the relationship between multiplication and division. Illustrate and explain the calculation by using equations, rectangular arrays, and/or area models.


5.NBT.7

7. Add, subtract, multiply, and divide decimals to hundredths, using concrete models or drawings and strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction; relate the strategy to a written method and explain the reasoning used.


7. Add, subtract, multiply, and divide decimals to hundredths, using concrete models or drawings and strategies based on place value, properties of operations, and/or the relationship between addition and subtraction; relate the strategy to a written method and explain the reasoning used.



Measurement and Data


Convert like measurement units within a given measurement system.

5.MD.1

1. Convert among different-sized standard measurement units within a given measurement system (e.g., convert 5 cm to 0.05 m), and use these conversions in solving multi-step, real world problems.


1. Convert among different-sized standard measurement units within a given measurement system (e.g., convert 5 cm to 0.05 m), and use these conversions in solving multi-step, real world problems.



Represent and interpret data.

5.MD.2

2. Make a line plot to display a data set of measurements in fractions of a unit (1/2, 1/4, 1/8). Use operations on fractions for this grade to solve problems involving information presented in line plots. For example, given different measurements of liquid in identical beakers, find the amount of liquid each beaker would contain if the total amount in all the beakers were redistributed equally.


2. Make a line plot to display a data set of measurements in fractions of a unit (1/2, 1/4, 1/8). Use operations on fractions for this grade to solve problems involving information presented in line plots. For example, given different measurements of liquid in identical beakers, find the amount of liquid each beaker would contain if the total amount in all the beakers were redistributed equally.



Geometric measurement: understand concepts of volume and relate volume to multiplication and to addition.

5.MD.3

3. Recognize volume as an attribute of solid figures and understand concepts of volume measurement. a. A cube with side length 1 unit, called a “unit cube,” is said to have “one cubic unit” of volume, and can be used to measure volume. b. A solid figure which can be packed without gaps or overlaps using n unit cubes is said to have a volume of n cubic units.


3. Recognize volume as an attribute of solid figures and understand concepts of volume measurement. a. A cube with side length 1 unit, called a “unit cube,” is said to have “one cubic unit” of volume, and can be used to measure volume. b. A solid figure which can be packed without gaps or overlaps using n unit cubes is said to have a volume of n cubic units.


5.MD.4

4. Measure volumes by counting unit cubes, using cubic cm, cubic in, cubic ft, and improvised units.



4. Measure volumes by counting unit cubes, using cubic cm, cubic in, cubic ft, and improvised units.


5.MD.5

5. Relate volume to the operations of multiplication and addition and solve real world and mathematical problems involving volume. a. Find the volume of a right rectangular prism with whole-number side lengths by packing it with unit cubes, and show that the volume is the same as would be found by multiplying the edge lengths, equivalently by multiplying the height by the area of the base. Represent threefold whole-number products as volumes, e.g., to represent the associative property of multiplication. b. Apply the formulas V = l × w × h and V = b × h for rectangular prisms to find volumes of right rectangular prisms with whole-number edge lengths in the context of solving real world and mathematical problems. c. Recognize volume as additive. Find volumes of solid figures composed of two non-overlapping right rectangular prisms by adding the volumes of the non-overlapping parts, applying this technique to solve real world problems.


5. Relate volume to the operations of multiplication and addition and solve real world and mathematical problems involving volume. a. Find the volume of a right rectangular prism with whole-number side lengths by packing it with unit cubes, and show that the volume is the same as would be found by multiplying the edge lengths, equivalently by multiplying the height by the area of the base. Represent threefold whole-number products as volumes, e.g., to represent the associative property of multiplication. b. Apply the formulas V = l &times; w &times; h and V = b &times; h for rectangular prisms to find volumes of right rectangular prisms with whole-number edge lengths in the context of solving real world and mathematical problems. c. Recognize volume as additive. Find volumes of solid figures composed of two non-overlapping right rectangular prisms by adding the volumes of the non-overlapping parts, applying this technique to solve real world problems.



Geometry


Graph points on the coordinate plane to solve real-world and mathematical problems.

5.G.1

1. Use a pair of perpendicular number lines, called axes, to define a coordinate system, with the intersection of the lines (the origin) arranged to coincide with the 0 on each line and a given point in the plane located by using an ordered pair of numbers, called its coordinates. Understand that the first number indicates how far to travel from the origin in the direction of one axis, and the second number indicates how far to travel in the direction of the second axis, with the convention that the names of the two axes and the coordinates correspond (e.g., x-axis and x-coordinate, y-axis and y-coordinate).


1. Use a pair of perpendicular number lines, called axes, to define a coordinate system, with the intersection of the lines (the origin) arranged to coincide with the 0 on each line and a given point in the plane located by using an ordered pair of numbers, called its coordinates. Understand that the first number indicates how far to travel from the origin in the direction of one axis, and the second number indicates how far to travel in the direction of the second axis, with the convention that the names of the two axes and the coordinates correspond (e.g., x-axis and x-coordinate, y-axis and y-coordinate).


5.G.2

2. Represent real world and mathematical problems by graphing points in the first quadrant of the coordinate plane, and interpret coordinate values of points in the context of the situation.



2. Represent real world and mathematical problems by graphing points in the first quadrant of the coordinate plane, and interpret coordinate values of points in the context of the situation.



Classify two-dimensional figures into categories based on their properties.

5.G.3

3. Understand that attributes belonging to a category of two-dimensional figures also belong to all subcategories of that category. For example, all rectangles have four right angles and squares are rectangles, so all squares have four right angles.


3. Understand that attributes belonging to a category of two-dimensional figures also belong to all subcategories of that category. For example, all rectangles have four right angles and squares are rectangles, so all squares have four right angles.


5.G.4

4. Classify two-dimensional figures in a hierarchy based on properties.



4. Classify two-dimensional figures in a hierarchy based on properties.



Number and Operations - Fractions


Use equivalent fractions as a strategy to add and subtract fractions.

5.NF.1

1. Add and subtract fractions with unlike denominators (including mixed numbers) by replacing given fractions with equivalent fractions in such a way as to produce an equivalent sum or difference of fractions with like denominators. For example, 2/3 + 5/4 = 8/12 + 15/12 = 23/12. (In general, a/b + c/d = (ad + bc)/bd.)


1. Add and subtract fractions with unlike denominators (including mixed numbers) by replacing given fractions with equivalent fractions in such a way as to produce an equivalent sum or difference of fractions with like denominators. For example, 2/3 + 5/4 = 8/12 + 15/12 = 23/12. (In general, a/b + c/d = (ad + bc)/bd.)


5.NF.2

2. Solve word problems involving addition and subtraction of fractions referring to the same whole, including cases of unlike denominators, e.g., by using visual fraction models or equations to represent the problem. Use benchmark fractions and number sense of fractions to estimate mentally and assess the reasonableness of answers. For example, recognize an incorrect result 2/5 + 1/2 = 3/7, by observing that 3/7 < 1/2.



2. Solve word problems involving addition and subtraction of fractions referring to the same whole, including cases of unlike denominators, e.g., by using visual fraction models or equations to represent the problem. Use benchmark fractions and number sense of fractions to estimate mentally and assess the reasonableness of answers. For example, recognize an incorrect result 2/5 + 1/2 = 3/7, by observing that 3/7 < 1/2.



Apply and extend previous understandings of multiplication and division to multiply and divide fractions.

5.NF.3

3. Interpret a fraction as division of the numerator by the denominator (a/b = a ÷ b). Solve word problems involving division of whole numbers leading to answers in the form of fractions, mixed numbers, or decimal fractions, e.g., by using visual fraction models or equations to represent the problem. For example, interpret 3/4 as the result of dividing 3 by 4, noting that 3/4 multiplied by 4 equals 3, and that when 3 wholes are shared equally among 4 people each person has a share of size 3/4. If 9 people want to share a 50-pound sack of rice equally by weight, how many pounds of rice should each person get? Between what two whole numbers does your answer lie?


3. Interpret a fraction as division of the numerator by the denominator (a/b = a &divide; b). Solve word problems involving division of whole numbers leading to answers in the form of fractions or mixed numbers, e.g., by using visual fraction models or equations to represent the problem. For example, interpret 3/4 as the result of dividing 3 by 4, noting that 3/4 multiplied by 4 equals 3, and that when 3 wholes are shared equally among 4 people each person has a share of size 3/4. If 9 people want to share a 50-pound sack of rice equally by weight, how many pounds of rice should each person get? Between what two whole numbers does your answer lie?


5.NF.4

4. Apply and extend previous understandings of multiplication to multiply a fraction or whole number by a fraction. a. Interpret the product (a/b) × q as a parts of a partition of q into b equal parts; equivalently, as the result of a sequence of operations a × q ÷ b. For example, use a visual fraction model to show (2/3) × 4 = 8/3, and create a story context for this equation. Do the same with (2/3) × (4/5) = 8/15. (In general, (a/b) × (c/d) = ac/bd.) b. Find the area of a rectangle with fractional side lengths by tiling it with unit squares of the appropriate unit fraction side lengths, and show that the area is the same as would be found by multiplying the side lengths. Multiply fractional side lengths to find areas of rectangles, and represent fraction products as rectangular areas.



4. Apply and extend previous understandings of multiplication to multiply a fraction or whole number by a fraction. a. Interpret the product (a/b) &times; q as a parts of a partition of q into b equal parts; equivalently, as the result of a sequence of operations a &times; q &divide; b. For example, use a visual fraction model to show (2/3) &times; 4 = 8/3, and create a story context for this equation. Do the same with (2/3) &times; (4/5) = 8/15. (In general, (a/b) &times; (c/d) = ac/bd.) b. Find the area of a rectangle with fractional side lengths by tiling it with unit squares of the appropriate unit fraction side lengths, and show that the area is the same as would be found by multiplying the side lengths. Multiply fractional side lengths to find areas of rectangles, and represent fraction products as rectangular areas.


5.NF.5

5. Interpret multiplication as scaling (resizing), by: a. Comparing the size of a product to the size of one factor on the basis of the size of the other factor, without performing the indicated multiplication. b. Explaining why multiplying a given number by a fraction greater than 1 results in a product greater than the given number (recognizing multiplication by whole numbers greater than 1 as a familiar case); explaining why multiplying a given number by a fraction less than 1 results in a product smaller than the given number; and relating the principle of fraction equivalence a/b = (n × a)/(n b) to the effect of multiplying a/b by 1.


5. Interpret multiplication as scaling (resizing), by: a. Comparing the size of a product to the size of one factor on the basis of the size of the other factor, without performing the indicated multiplication. b. Explaining why multiplying a given number by a fraction greater than 1 results in a product greater than the given number (recognizing multiplication by whole numbers greater than 1 as a familiar case); explaining why multiplying a given number by a fraction less than 1 results in a product smaller than the given number; and relating the principle of fraction equivalence a/b = (n &times; a)/(n b) to the effect of multiplying a/b by 1.



5.NF.6

6. Solve real world problems involving multiplication of fractions and mixed numbers, e.g., by using visual fraction models or equations to represent the problem.


6. Solve real world problems involving multiplication of fractions and mixed numbers, e.g., by using visual fraction models or equations to represent the problem.


5.NF.7

7. Apply and extend previous understandings of division to divide unit fractions by whole numbers and whole numbers by unit fractions. (Students able to multiply fractions in general can develop strategies to divide fractions in general, by reasoning about the relationship between multiplication and division. But division of a fraction by a fraction is not a requirement at this grade.) a. Interpret division of a unit fraction by a non-zero whole number, and compute such quotients. For example, create a story context for (1/3) ÷ 4, and use a visual fraction model to show the quotient. Use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain that (1/3) ÷ 4 = 1/12 because (1/12) × 4 = 1/3. b. Interpret division of a whole number by a unit fraction, and compute such quotients. For example, create a story context for 4 ÷ (1/5), and use a visual fraction model to show the quotient. Use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain that 4 ÷ (1/5) = 20 because 20 × (1/5) = 4. c. Solve real world problems involving division of unit fractions by non-zero whole numbers and division of whole numbers by unit fractions, e.g., by using visual fraction models and equations to represent the problem. For example, how much chocolate will each person get if 3 people share 1/2 lb of chocolate equally? How many 1/3-cup servings are in 2 cups of raisins?



7. Apply and extend previous understandings of division to divide unit fractions by whole numbers and whole numbers by unit fractions. (Students able to multiply fractions in general can develop strategies to divide fractions in general, by reasoning about the relationship between multiplication and division. But division of a fraction by a fraction is not a requirement at this grade.) a. Interpret division of a unit fraction by a non-zero whole number, and compute such quotients. For example, create a story context for (1/3) &divide; 4, and use a visual fraction model to show the quotient. Use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain that (1/3) &divide; 4 = 1/12 because (1/12) &times; 4 = 1/3. b. Interpret division of a whole number by a unit fraction, and compute such quotients. For example, create a story context for 4 &divide; (1/5), and use a visual fraction model to show the quotient. Use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain that 4 &divide; (1/5) = 20 because 20 &times; (1/5) = 4. c. Solve real world problems involving division of unit fractions by non-zero whole numbers and division of whole numbers by unit fractions, e.g., by using visual fraction models and equations to represent the problem. For example, how much chocolate will each person get if 3 people share 1/2 lb of chocolate equally? How many 1/3-cup servings are in 2 cups of raisins?



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: 6



Key Ideas and Details

1. Cite textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.


1. Cite textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.



Text Type and Purposes

1. Write arguments to support claims with clear reasons and relevant evidence. a) Introduce claim(s) and organize the reasons and evidence clearly. b) Support claim(s) with clear reasons and relevant evidence, using credible sources and demonstrating an understanding of the topic or text. c) Use words, phrases, and clauses to clarify the relationships among claim(s) and reasons. d) Establish and maintain a formal style. e) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from the argument presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-on-one, in groups, and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 6 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly. a) Come to discussions prepared, having read or studied required material; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence on the topic, text, or issue to probe and reflect on ideas under discussion. b) Follow rules for collegial discussions, set specific goals and deadlines, and define individual roles as needed. c) Pose and respond to specific questions with elaboration and detail by making comments that contribute to the topic, text, or issue under discussion. d) Review the key ideas expressed and demonstrate understanding of multiple perspectives through reflection and paraphrasing.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Ensure that pronouns are in the proper case (subjective, objective, possessive). b) Use all pronouns, including intensive pronouns (e.g., myself, ourselves), correctly. CA c) Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in pronoun number and person.* d) Recognize and correct vague pronouns (i.e., ones with unclear or ambiguous antecedents).* e) Recognize variations from standard English in their own and others’ writing and speaking, and identify and use strategies to improve expression in conventional language.*



Key Details and Details

1. Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of primary and secondary sources.



Key Ideas and Details

1. Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of science and technical texts.



Text types and Purposes

1. Write arguments focused on discipline-specific content. a) Introduce claim(s) about a topic or issue, acknowledge and distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and organize the reasons and evidence logically. b) Support claim(s) with logical reasoning and relevant, accurate data and evidence that demonstrate an understanding of the topic or text, using credible sources. c) Use words, phrases, and clauses to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence. d) Establish and maintain a formal style. e) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.



Key Ideas and Details

1. Cite textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.


1. Cite textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.



Text Type and Purposes

1. Write arguments to support claims with clear reasons and relevant evidence. a) Introduce claim(s) and organize the reasons and evidence clearly. b) Support claim(s) with clear reasons and relevant evidence, using credible sources and demonstrating an understanding of the topic or text. c) Use words, phrases, and clauses to clarify the relationships among claim(s) and reasons. d) Establish and maintain a formal style. e) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from the argument presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-on-one, in groups, and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 6 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly. a) Come to discussions prepared, having read or studied required material; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence on the topic, text, or issue to probe and reflect on ideas under discussion. b) Follow rules for collegial discussions, set specific goals and deadlines, and define individual roles as needed. c) Pose and respond to specific questions with elaboration and detail by making comments that contribute to the topic, text, or issue under discussion. d) Review the key ideas expressed and demonstrate understanding of multiple perspectives through reflection and paraphrasing.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Ensure that pronouns are in the proper case (subjective, objective, possessive). b) Use intensive pronouns (e.g., myself, ourselves). c) Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in pronoun number and person.* d) Recognize and correct vague pronouns (i.e., ones with unclear or ambiguous antecedents).* e) Recognize variations from standard English in their own and others’ writing and speaking, and identify and use strategies to improve expression in conventional language.*



Key Details and Details

1. Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of primary and secondary sources.



Key Ideas and Details

1. Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of science and technical texts.



Text Types and Purposes

1. Write arguments focused on discipline-specific content. a) Introduce claim(s) about a topic or issue, acknowledge and distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and organize the reasons and evidence logically. b) Support claim(s) with logical reasoning and relevant, accurate data and evidence that demonstrate an understanding of the topic or text, using credible sources. c) Use words, phrases, and clauses to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence. d) Establish and maintain a formal style. e) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine a theme or central idea of a text and how it is conveyed through particular details; provide a summary of the text distinct from personal opinions or judgments.


2. Determine a central idea of a text and how it is conveyed through particular details; provide a summary of the text distinct from personal opinions or judgments.



Text Type and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas, concepts, and information through the selection, organization, and analysis of relevant content. a) Introduce a topic or thesis statement; organize ideas, concepts, and information, using strategies such as definition, classification, comparison/contrast, and cause/effect; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., charts, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. CA b) Develop the topic with relevant facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples. c) Use appropriate transitions to clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts. d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic. e) Establish and maintain a formal style. f) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from the information or explanation presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Interpret information presented in diverse media and formats (e.g., visually, quantitatively, orally) and explain how it contributes to a topic, text, or issue under study.



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Use punctuation (commas, parentheses, dashes) to set off nonrestrictive/parenthetical elements.* b) Spell correctly.



Key Details and Details

2. Determine the central ideas or information of a primary or secondary source; provide an accurate summary of the source distinct from prior knowledge or opinions.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine the central ideas or conclusions of a text; provide an accurate summary of the text distinct from prior knowledge or opinions.



Text types and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts, including the narration of historical events, scientific procedures/experiments, or technical processes. a) Introduce a topic clearly, previewing what is to follow; organize ideas, concepts, and information into broader categories as appropriate to achieving purpose; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., charts, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with relevant, well-chosen facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples. c) Use appropriate and varied transitions to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts. d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic. e) Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone. f) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine a theme or central idea of a text and how it is conveyed through particular details; provide a summary of the text distinct from personal opinions or judgments.


2. Determine a central idea of a text and how it is conveyed through particular details; provide a summary of the text distinct from personal opinions or judgments.



Text Type and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas, concepts, and information through the selection, organization, and analysis of relevant content. a) Introduce a topic; organize ideas, concepts, and information, using strategies such as definition, classification, comparison/contrast, and cause/effect; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., charts, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with relevant facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples. c) Use appropriate transitions to clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts. d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic. e) Establish and maintain a formal style. f) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from the information or explanation presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Interpret information presented in diverse media and formats (e.g., visually, quantitatively, orally) and explain how it contributes to a topic, text, or issue under study.



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Use punctuation (commas, parentheses, dashes) to set off nonrestrictive/parenthetical elements.* b) Spell correctly.



Key Details and Details

2. Determine the central ideas or information of a primary or secondary source; provide an accurate summary of the source distinct from prior knowledge or opinions.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine the central ideas or conclusions of a text; provide an accurate summary of the text distinct from prior knowledge or opinions.



Text types and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts, including the narration of historical events, scientific procedures/experiments, or technical processes. a) Introduce a topic clearly, previewing what is to follow; organize ideas, concepts, and information into broader categories as appropriate to achieving purpose; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., charts, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with relevant, well-chosen facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples. c) Use appropriate and varied transitions to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts. d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic. e) Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone. f) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented.



Key Ideas and Details

3. Describe how a particular story’s or drama’s plot unfolds in a series of episodes as well as how the characters respond or change as the plot moves toward a resolution.


3. Analyze in detail how a key individual, event, or idea is introduced, illustrated, and elaborated in a text (e.g., through examples or anecdotes).



Text Type and Purposes

3. Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, relevant descriptive details, and well-structured event sequences. a) Engage and orient the reader by establishing a context and introducing a narrator and/or characters; organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally and logically. b) Use narrative techniques, such as dialogue, pacing, and description, to develop experiences, events, and/or characters. c) Use a variety of transition words, phrases, and clauses to convey sequence and signal shifts from one time frame or setting to another. d) Use precise words and phrases, relevant descriptive details, and sensory language to convey experiences and events. e) Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Delineate a speaker’s argument and specific claims, distinguishing claims that are supported by reasons and evidence from claims that are not.



Knowledge of Language

3. Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening. a) Vary sentence patterns for meaning, reader/listener interest, and style.* b) Maintain consistency in style and tone.*



Key Details and Details

3. Identify key steps in a text’s description of a process related to history/social studies (e.g., how a bill becomes law, how interest rates are raised or lowered).



Key Ideas and Details

3. Follow precisely a multistep procedure when carrying out experiments, taking measurements, or performing technical tasks.



Text types and Purposes

3. (See note; not applicable as a separate requirement.) Note: Students' narrative skills continue to grow in these grades. The Standards require that students be able to incorporate narrative elements effectively into arguments and informative/explanatory texts. In history/social studies, students must be able to incorporate narrative accounts into their analyses of individuals or events of historical import. In science and technical subjects, students must be able to write precise enough descriptions of the step-by-step procedures they use in their investigations or technical work that others can replicate them and (possibly) reach the same results.



Key Ideas and Details

3. Describe how a particular story’s or drama’s plot unfolds in a series of episodes as well as how the characters respond or change as the plot moves toward a resolution.


3. Analyze in detail how a key individual, event, or idea is introduced, illustrated, and elaborated in a text (e.g., through examples or anecdotes).



Text Type and Purposes

3. Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, relevant descriptive details, and well-structured event sequences. a) Engage and orient the reader by establishing a context and introducing a narrator and/or characters; organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally and logically. b) Use narrative techniques, such as dialogue, pacing, and description, to develop experiences, events, and/or characters. c) Use a variety of transition words, phrases, and clauses to convey sequence and signal shifts from one time frame or setting to another. d) Use precise words and phrases, relevant descriptive details, and sensory language to convey experiences and events. e) Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Delineate a speaker’s argument and specific claims, distinguishing claims that are supported by reasons and evidence from claims that are not.



Knowledge of Language

3. Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening. a) Vary sentence patterns for meaning, reader/listener interest, and style.* b) Maintain consistency in style and tone.*



Key Details and Details

3. Identify key steps in a text’s description of a process related to history/social studies (e.g., how a bill becomes law, how interest rates are raised or lowered).



Key Ideas and Details

3. Follow precisely a multistep procedure when carrying out experiments, taking measurements, or performing technical tasks.



Text types and Purposes

3. (See note; not applicable as a separate requirement. Note: Students' narrative skills continue to grow in these grades. The Standards require that students be able to incorporate narrative elements effectively into arguments and informative/explanatory texts. In history/social studies, students must be able to incorporate narrative accounts into their analyses of individuals or events of historical import. In science and technical subjects, students must be able to write precise enough descriptions of the step-by-step procedures they use in their investigations or technical work that others can replicate them and (possibly) reach the same results.



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the impact of a specific word choice on meaning and tone. (See grade 6 Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations). CA


4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings. (See grade 6 Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations.) CA



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience. (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Present claims and findings (e.g., argument, narrative, informative, response to literature presentations), sequencing ideas logically and using pertinent descriptions, facts, and details and nonverbal elements to accentuate main ideas or themes; use appropriate eye contact, adequate volume, and clear pronunciation. CA a) Plan and deliver an informative/explanatory presentation that: develops a topic with relevant facts, definitions, and concrete details; uses appropriate transitions to clarify relationships; uses precise language and domain specific vocabulary; and provides a strong conclusion. CA



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on grade 6 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies. a) Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence or paragraph; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase. b) Use common, grade-appropriate Greek or Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., audience, auditory, audible). c) Consult reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning or its part of speech. d) Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including vocabulary specific to domains related to history/social studies.


4. Determine the meaning of symbols, key terms, and other domain-specific words and phrases as they are used in a specific scientific or technical context relevant to grades 6-8 texts and topics.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the impact of a specific word choice on meaning and tone.


4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience. (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Present claims and findings sequencing ideas logically and using pertinent descriptions, facts, and details to accentuate main ideas or themes; use appropriate eye contact, adequate volume, and clear pronunciation.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on grade 6 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies. a) Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence or paragraph; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase. b) Use common, grade-appropriate Greek or Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., audience, auditory, audible). c) Consult reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning or its part of speech. d) Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including vocabulary specific to domains related to history/social studies.


4. Determine the meaning of symbols, key terms, and other domain-specific words and phrases as they are used in a specific scientific or technical context relevant to grades 6-8 texts and topics.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.



Craft and Structure

5. Analyze how a particular sentence, chapter, scene, or stanza fits into the overall structure of a text and contributes to the development of the theme, setting, or plot.


5. Analyze how a particular sentence, paragraph, chapter, or section fits into the overall structure of a text and contributes to the development of the ideas. a) Analyze the use of text features (e.g., graphics, headers, captions) in popular media. CA



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With some guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach. (Editing for conventions should demonstrate command of Language standards 1-3 up to and including grade 6.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Include multimedia components (e.g., graphics, images, music, sound) and visual displays in presentations to clarify information.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings. a) Interpret figures of speech (e.g., personification) in context. b) Use the relationship between particular words (e.g., cause/effect, part/whole, item/category) to better understand each of the words. c) Distinguish among the connotations (associations) of words with similar denotations (definitions) (e.g., stingy, scrimping, economical, unwasteful, thrifty).



Craft and Structure

5. Describe how a text presents information (e.g., sequentially, comparatively, causally).


5. Analyze the structure an author uses to organize a text, including how the major sections contribute to the whole and to an understanding of the topic.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With some guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach, focusing on how well purpose and audience have been addressed.



Craft and Structure

5. Analyze how a particular sentence, chapter, scene, or stanza fits into the overall structure of a text and contributes to the development of the theme, setting, or plot.


5. Analyze how a particular sentence, paragraph, chapter, or section fits into the overall structure of a text and contributes to the development of the ideas.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With some guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach. (Editing for conventions should demonstrate command of Language standards 1-3 up to and including grade 6.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Include multimedia components (e.g., graphics, images, music, sound) and visual displays in presentations to clarify information.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings. a) Interpret figures of speech (e.g., personification) in context. b) Use the relationship between particular words (e.g., cause/effect, part/whole, item/category) to better understand each of the words. c) Distinguish among the connotations (associations) of words with similar denotations (definitions) (e.g., stingy, scrimping, economical, unwasteful, thrifty).



Craft and Structure

5. Describe how a text presents information (e.g., sequentially, comparatively, causally).


5. Analyze the structure an author uses to organize a text, including how the major sections contribute to the whole and to an understanding of the topic.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With some guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach, focusing on how well purpose and audience have been addressed.



Craft and Structure

6. Explain how an author develops the point of view of the narrator or speaker in a text.


6. Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text and explain how it is conveyed in the text.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. Use technology, including the Internet, to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others; demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of three pages in a single sitting.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Adapt speech to a variety of contexts and tasks, demonstrating command of formal English when indicated or appropriate. (See grade 6 Language standards 1 and 3 for specific expectations.)



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Acquire and use accurately grade-appropriate general academic and domain-specific words and phrases; gather vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.



Craft and Structure

6. Identify aspects of a text that reveal an author’s point of view or purpose (e.g., loaded language, inclusion or avoidance of particular facts).


6. Analyze the author’s purpose in providing an explanation, describing a procedure, or discussing an experiment in a text.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. Use technology, including the Internet, to produce and publish writing and present the relationships between information and ideas clearly and efficiently.



Craft and Structure

6. Explain how an author develops the point of view of the narrator or speaker in a text.


6. Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text and explain how it is conveyed in the text.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. Use technology, including the Internet, to produce and publish writing as well as to interact and collaborate with others; demonstrate sufficient command of keyboarding skills to type a minimum of three pages in a single sitting.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Adapt speech to a variety of contexts and tasks, demonstrating command of formal English when indicated or appropriate. (See grade 6 Language standards 1 and 3 for specific expectations.)



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Acquire and use accurately grade-appropriate general academic and domain-specific words and phrases; gather vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.



Craft and Structure

6. Identify aspects of a text that reveal an author’s point of view or purpose (e.g., loaded language, inclusion or avoidance of particular facts).


6. Analyze the author’s purpose in providing an explanation, describing a procedure, or discussing an experiment in a text.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. Use technology, including the Internet, to produce and publish writing and present the relationships between information and ideas clearly and efficiently.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Compare and contrast the experience of reading a story, drama, or poem to listening to or viewing an audio, video, or live version of the text, including contrasting what they “see” and “hear” when reading the text to what they perceive when they listen or watch.


7. Integrate information presented in different media or formats (e.g., visually, quantitatively) as well as in words to develop a coherent understanding of a topic or issue.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short research projects to answer a question, drawing on several sources and refocusing the inquiry when appropriate.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Integrate visual information (e.g., in charts, graphs, photographs, videos, or maps) with other information in print and digital texts.


7. Integrate quantitative or technical information expressed in words in a text with a version of that information expressed visually (e.g., in a flowchart, diagram, model, graph, or table).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short research projects to answer a question (including a self-generated question), drawing on several sources and generating additional related, focused questions that allow for multiple avenues of exploration.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Compare and contrast the experience of reading a story, drama, or poem to listening to or viewing an audio, video, or live version of the text, including contrasting what they “see” and “hear” when reading the text to what they perceive when they listen or watch.


7. Integrate information presented in different media or formats (e.g., visually, quantitatively) as well as in words to develop a coherent understanding of a topic or issue.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short research projects to answer a question, drawing on several sources and refocusing the inquiry when appropriate.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Integrate visual information (e.g., in charts, graphs, photographs, videos, or maps) with other information in print and digital texts.


7. Integrate quantitative or technical information expressed in words in a text with a version of that information expressed visually (e.g., in a flowchart, diagram, model, graph, or table).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short research projects to answer a question (including a self-generated question), drawing on several sources and generating additional related, focused questions that allow for multiple avenues of exploration.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. Trace and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, distinguishing claims that are supported by reasons and evidence from claims that are not.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Gather relevant information from multiple print and digital sources; assess the credibility of each source; and quote or paraphrase the data and conclusions of others while avoiding plagiarism and providing basic bibliographic information for sources.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. Distinguish among fact, opinion, and reasoned judgment in a text.


8. Distinguish among facts, reasoned judgment based on research findings, and speculation in a text.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Gather relevant information from multiple print and digital sources (primary and secondary), using search terms effectively; assess the credibility and accuracy of each source; and quote or paraphrase the data and conclusions of others while avoiding plagiarism and following a standard format for citation. CA



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. Trace and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, distinguishing claims that are supported by reasons and evidence from claims that are not.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Gather relevant information from multiple print and digital sources; assess the credibility of each source; and quote or paraphrase the data and conclusions of others while avoiding plagiarism and providing basic bibliographic information for sources.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. Distinguish among fact, opinion, and reasoned judgment in a text.


8. Distinguish among facts, reasoned judgment based on research findings, and speculation in a text.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Gather relevant information from multiple print and digital sources using search terms effectively; assess the credibility and accuracy of each source; and quote or paraphrase the data and conclusions of others while avoiding plagiarism and following a standard format for citation.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Compare and contrast texts in different forms or genres (e.g., stories and poems; historical novels and fantasy stories) in terms of their approaches to similar themes and topics.


9. Compare and contrast one author’s presentation of events with that of another (e.g., a memoir written by and a biography on the same person).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research. a) Apply grade 6 Reading standards to literature (e.g., “Compare and contrast texts in different forms or genres [e.g., stories and poems; historical novels and fantasy stories] in terms of their approaches to similar themes and topics”). b) Apply grade 6 Reading standards to literary nonfiction (e.g., “Trace and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, distinguishing claims that are supported by reasons and evidence from claims that are not”).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Analyze the relationship between a primary and secondary source on the same topic.


9. Compare and contrast the information gained from experiments, simulations, video, or multimedia sources with that gained from reading a text on the same topic.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Compare and contrast texts in different forms or genres (e.g., stories and poems; historical novels and fantasy stories) in terms of their approaches to similar themes and topics.


9. Compare and contrast one author’s presentation of events with that of another (e.g., a memoir written by and a biography on the same person).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research. a) Apply grade 6 Reading standards to literature (e.g., “Compare and contrast texts in different forms or genres [e.g., stories and poems; historical novels and fantasy stories] in terms of their approaches to similar themes and topics”). b) Apply grade 6 Reading standards to literary nonfiction (e.g., “Trace and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, distinguishing claims that are supported by reasons and evidence from claims that are not”).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Analyze the relationship between a primary and secondary source on the same topic.


9. Compare and contrast the information gained from experiments, simulations, video, or multimedia sources with that gained from reading a text on the same topic.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poems, in the grades 6-8 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.


10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literary nonfiction in the grades 6-8 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of grade 8, read and comprehend history/social studies texts in the grades 6-8 text complexity band independently and proficiently.


10. By the end of grade 8, read and comprehend science/technical texts in the grades 6-8 text complexity band independently and proficiently.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poems, in the grades 6-8 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.


10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literary nonfiction in the grades 6-8 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of grade 8, read and comprehend history/social studies texts in the grades 6-8 text complexity band independently and proficiently.


10. By the end of grade 8, read and comprehend science/technical texts in the grades 6-8 text complexity band independently and proficiently.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: 6


Geometry


Solve real-world and mathematical problems involving area, surface area, and volume.

6.G.1

1. Find the area of right triangles, other triangles, special quadrilaterals, and polygons by composing into rectangles or decomposing into triangles and other shapes; apply these techniques in the context of solving real-world and mathematical problems.


1. Find the area of right triangles, other triangles, special quadrilaterals, and polygons by composing into rectangles or decomposing into triangles and other shapes; apply these techniques in the context of solving real-world and mathematical problems.


6.G.2

2. Find the volume of a right rectangular prism with fractional edge lengths by packing it with unit cubes of the appropriate unit fraction edge lengths, and show that the volume is the same as would be found by multiplying the edge lengths of the prism. Apply the formulas V = l w h and V = b h to find volumes of right rectangular prisms with fractional edge lengths in the context of solving real-world and mathematical problems.



2. Find the volume of a right rectangular prism with fractional edge lengths by packing it with unit cubes of the appropriate unit fraction edge lengths, and show that the volume is the same as would be found by multiplying the edge lengths of the prism. Apply the formulas V = l w h and V = b h to find volumes of right rectangular prisms with fractional edge lengths in the context of solving real-world and mathematical problems.


6.G.3

3. Draw polygons in the coordinate plane given coordinates for the vertices; use coordinates to find the length of a side joining points with the same first coordinate or the same second coordinate. Apply these techniques in the context of solving real-world and mathematical problems.


3. Draw polygons in the coordinate plane given coordinates for the vertices; use coordinates to find the length of a side joining points with the same first coordinate or the same second coordinate. Apply these techniques in the context of solving real-world and mathematical problems.



6.G.4

4. Represent three-dimensional figures using nets made up of rectangles and triangles, and use the nets to find the surface area of these figures. Apply these techniques in the context of solving real-world and mathematical problems.


4. Represent three-dimensional figures using nets made up of rectangles and triangles, and use the nets to find the surface area of these figures. Apply these techniques in the context of solving real-world and mathematical problems.



Ratios and Proportional Relationships


Understand ratio concepts and use ratio reasoning to solve problems.

6.RP.1

1. Understand the concept of a ratio and use ratio language to describe a ratio relationship between two quantities. For example, “The ratio of wings to beaks in the bird house at the zoo was 2:1, because for every 2 wings there was 1 beak.” “For every vote candidate A received, candidate C received nearly three votes.”


1. Understand the concept of a ratio and use ratio language to describe a ratio relationship between two quantities. For example, “The ratio of wings to beaks in the bird house at the zoo was 2:1, because for every 2 wings there was 1 beak.” “For every vote candidate A received, candidate C received nearly three votes.”


6.RP.2

2. Understand the concept of a unit rate a/b associated with a ratio a:b with b ≠ 0, and use rate language in the context of a ratio relationship. For example, “This recipe has a ratio of 3 cups of flour to 4 cups of sugar, so there is 3/4 cup of flour for each cup of sugar.” “We paid $75 for 15 hamburgers, which is a rate of $5 per hamburger.” (Expectations for unit rates in this grade are limited to non-complex fractions.)



2. Understand the concept of a unit rate a/b associated with a ratio a:b with b &ne; 0, and use rate language in the context of a ratio relationship. For example, “This recipe has a ratio of 3 cups of flour to 4 cups of sugar, so there is 3/4 cup of flour for each cup of sugar.” “We paid $75 for 15 hamburgers, which is a rate of $5 per hamburger.” (Expectations for unit rates in this grade are limited to non-complex fractions.)


6.RP.3

3. Use ratio and rate reasoning to solve real-world and mathematical problems, e.g., by reasoning about tables of equivalent ratios, tape diagrams, double number line diagrams, or equations. a. Make tables of equivalent ratios relating quantities with whole-number measurements, find missing values in the tables, and plot the pairs of values on the coordinate plane. Use tables to compare ratios. b. Solve unit rate problems including those involving unit pricing and constant speed. For example, if it took 7 hours to mow 4 lawns, then at that rate, how many lawns could be mowed in 35 hours? At what rate were lawns being mowed? c. Find a percent of a quantity as a rate per 100 (e.g., 30% of a quantity means 30/100 times the quantity); solve problems involving finding the whole, given a part and the percent. d. Use ratio reasoning to convert measurement units; manipulate and transform units appropriately when multiplying or dividing quantities.


3. Use ratio and rate reasoning to solve real-world and mathematical problems, e.g., by reasoning about tables of equivalent ratios, tape diagrams, double number line diagrams, or equations. a. Make tables of equivalent ratios relating quantities with whole-number measurements, find missing values in the tables, and plot the pairs of values on the coordinate plane. Use tables to compare ratios. b. Solve unit rate problems including those involving unit pricing and constant speed. For example, if it took 7 hours to mow 4 lawns, then at that rate, how many lawns could be mowed in 35 hours? At what rate were lawns being mowed? c. Find a percent of a quantity as a rate per 100 (e.g., 30% of a quantity means 30/100 times the quantity); solve problems involving finding the whole, given a part and the percent. d. Use ratio reasoning to convert measurement units; manipulate and transform units appropriately when multiplying or dividing quantities.



The Number System


Apply and extend previous understandings of multiplication and division to divide fractions by fractions.

6.NS.1

1. Interpret and compute quotients of fractions, and solve word problems involving division of fractions by fractions, e.g., by using visual fraction models and equations to represent the problem. For example, create a story context for (2/3) ÷ (3/4) and use a visual fraction model to show the quotient; use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain that (2/3) ÷ (3/4) = 8/9 because 3/4 of 8/9 is 2/3. (In general, (a/b) ÷ (c/d) = ad/bc.) How much chocolate will each person get if 3 people share 1/2 lb of chocolate equally? How many 3/4-cup servings are in 2/3 of a cup of yogurt? How wide is a rectangular strip of land with length 3/4 mi and area 1/2 square mi?


1. Interpret and compute quotients of fractions, and solve word problems involving division of fractions by fractions, e.g., by using visual fraction models and equations to represent the problem. For example, create a story context for (2/3) &divide; (3/4) and use a visual fraction model to show the quotient; use the relationship between multiplication and division to explain that (2/3) &divide; (3/4) = 8/9 because 3/4 of 8/9 is 2/3. (In general, (a/b) &divide; (c/d) = ad/bc.) How much chocolate will each person get if 3 people share 1/2 lb of chocolate equally? How many 3/4-cup servings are in 2/3 of a cup of yogurt? How wide is a rectangular strip of land with length 3/4 mi and area 1/2 square mi?



Compute fluently with multi-digit numbers and find common factors and multiplies.

6.NS.2

2. Fluently divide multi-digit numbers using the standard algorithm.


2. Fluently divide multi-digit numbers using the standard algorithm.


6.NS.3

3. Fluently add, subtract, multiply, and divide multi-digit decimals using the standard algorithm for each operation.



3. Fluently add, subtract, multiply, and divide multi-digit decimals using the standard algorithm for each operation.


6.NS.4

4. Find the greatest common factor of two whole numbers less than or equal to 100 and the least common multiple of two whole numbers less than or equal to 12. Use the distributive property to express a sum of two whole numbers 1-100 with a common factor as a multiple of a sum of two whole numbers with no common factor. For example, express 36 + 8 as 4 (9 + 2).


4. Find the greatest common factor of two whole numbers less than or equal to 100 and the least common multiple of two whole numbers less than or equal to 12. Use the distributive property to express a sum of two whole numbers 1-100 with a common factor as a multiple of a sum of two whole numbers with no common factor. For example, express 36 + 8 as 4 (9 + 2).



Apply and extend previous understandings of numbers to the system of rational numbers.

6.NS.5

5. Understand that positive and negative numbers are used together to describe quantities having opposite directions or values (e.g., temperature above/below zero, elevation above/below sea level, credits/debits, positive/negative electric charge); use positive and negative numbers to represent quantities in real-world contexts, explaining the meaning of 0 in each situation.


5. Understand that positive and negative numbers are used together to describe quantities having opposite directions or values (e.g., temperature above/below zero, elevation above/below sea level, credits/debits, positive/negative electric charge); use positive and negative numbers to represent quantities in real-world contexts, explaining the meaning of 0 in each situation.


6.NS.6

6. Understand a rational number as a point on the number line. Extend number line diagrams and coordinate axes familiar from previous grades to represent points on the line and in the plane with negative number coordinates. a. Recognize opposite signs of numbers as indicating locations on opposite sides of 0 on the number line; recognize that the opposite of the opposite of a number is the number itself, e.g., -(-3) = 3, and that 0 is its own opposite. b. Understand signs of numbers in ordered pairs as indicating locations in quadrants of the coordinate plane; recognize that when two ordered pairs differ only by signs, the locations of the points are related by reflections across one or both axes. c. Find and position integers and other rational numbers on a horizontal or vertical number line diagram; find and position pairs of integers and other rational numbers on a coordinate plane.



6. Understand a rational number as a point on the number line. Extend number line diagrams and coordinate axes familiar from previous grades to represent points on the line and in the plane with negative number coordinates. a. Recognize opposite signs of numbers as indicating locations on opposite sides of 0 on the number line; recognize that the opposite of the opposite of a number is the number itself, e.g., -(-3) = 3, and that 0 is its own opposite. b. Understand signs of numbers in ordered pairs as indicating locations in quadrants of the coordinate plane; recognize that when two ordered pairs differ only by signs, the locations of the points are related by reflections across one or both axes. c. Find and position integers and other rational numbers on a horizontal or vertical number line diagram; find and position pairs of integers and other rational numbers on a coordinate plane.


6.NS.7

7. Understand ordering and absolute value of rational numbers. a. Interpret statements of inequality as statements about the relative position of two numbers on a number line diagram. For example, interpret -3 > -7 as a statement that -3 is located to the right of -7 on a number line oriented from left to right. b. Write, interpret, and explain statements of order for rational numbers in real-world contexts. For example, write -3°C > -7°C to express the fact that -3°C is warmer than -7°C. c. Understand the absolute value of a rational number as its distance from 0 on the number line; interpret absolute value as magnitude for a positive or negative quantity in a real-world situation. For example, for an account balance of -30 dollars, write |-30| = 30 to describe the size of the debt in dollars. d. Distinguish comparisons of absolute value from statements about order. For example, recognize that an account balance less than -30 dollars represents a debt greater than 30 dollars.


7. Understand ordering and absolute value of rational numbers. a. Interpret statements of inequality as statements about the relative position of two numbers on a number line diagram. For example, interpret -3 > -7 as a statement that -3 is located to the right of -7 on a number line oriented from left to right. b. Write, interpret, and explain statements of order for rational numbers in real-world contexts. For example, write -3&deg;C > -7&deg;C to express the fact that -3&deg;C is warmer than -7&deg;C. c. Understand the absolute value of a rational number as its distance from 0 on the number line; interpret absolute value as magnitude for a positive or negative quantity in a real-world situation. For example, for an account balance of -30 dollars, write |-30| = 30 to describe the size of the debt in dollars. d. Distinguish comparisons of absolute value from statements about order. For example, recognize that an account balance less than -30 dollars represents a debt greater than 30 dollars.



6.NS.8

8. Solve real-world and mathematical problems by graphing points in all four quadrants of the coordinate plane. Include use of coordinates and absolute value to find distances between points with the same first coordinate or the same second coordinate.


8. Solve real-world and mathematical problems by graphing points in all four quadrants of the coordinate plane. Include use of coordinates and absolute value to find distances between points with the same first coordinate or the same second coordinate.



Expressions and Equations


Apply and extend previous understandings of arithmetic to algebraic expressions.

6.EE.1

1. Write and evaluate numerical expressions involving whole-number exponents.


1. Write and evaluate numerical expressions involving whole-number exponents.


6.EE.2

2. Write, read, and evaluate expressions in which letters stand for numbers. a. Write expressions that record operations with numbers and with letters standing for numbers. For example, express the calculation “Subtract y from 5” as 5 - y. b. Identify parts of an expression using mathematical terms (sum, term, product, factor, quotient, coefficient); view one or more parts of an expression as a single entity. For example, describe the expression 2 (8 + 7) as a product of two factors; view (8 + 7) as both a single entity and a sum of two terms. c. Evaluate expressions at specific values of their variables. Include expressions that arise from formulas used in real-world problems. Perform arithmetic operations, including those involving whole-number exponents, in the conventional order when there are no parentheses to specify a particular order (Order of Operations). For example, use the formulas V = s3 and A = 6 s2 to find the volume and surface area of a cube with sides of length s = 1/2.



2. Write, read, and evaluate expressions in which letters stand for numbers. a. Write expressions that record operations with numbers and with letters standing for numbers. For example, express the calculation “Subtract y from 5” as 5 - y. b. Identify parts of an expression using mathematical terms (sum, term, product, factor, quotient, coefficient); view one or more parts of an expression as a single entity. For example, describe the expression 2 (8 + 7) as a product of two factors; view (8 + 7) as both a single entity and a sum of two terms. c. Evaluate expressions at specific values of their variables. Include expressions that arise from formulas used in real-world problems. Perform arithmetic operations, including those involving whole-number exponents, in the conventional order when there are no parentheses to specify a particular order (Order of Operations). For example, use the formulas V = s<sup>3</sup> and A = 6 s<sup>2</sup> to find the volume and surface area of a cube with sides of length s = 1/2.


6.EE.3

3. Apply the properties of operations to generate equivalent expressions. For example, apply the distributive property to the expression 3 (2 + x) to produce the equivalent expression 6 + 3x; apply the distributive property to the expression 24x + 18y to produce the equivalent expression 6 (4x + 3y); apply properties of operations to y + y + y to produce the equivalent expression 3y.


3. Apply the properties of operations to generate equivalent expressions. For example, apply the distributive property to the expression 3 (2 + x) to produce the equivalent expression 6 + 3x; apply the distributive property to the expression 24x + 18y to produce the equivalent expression 6 (4x + 3y); apply properties of operations to y + y + y to produce the equivalent expression 3y.



6.EE.4

4. Identify when two expressions are equivalent (i.e., when the two expressions name the same number regardless of which value is substituted into them). For example, the expressions y + y + y and 3y are equivalent because they name the same number regardless of which number y stands for.


4. Identify when two expressions are equivalent (i.e., when the two expressions name the same number regardless of which value is substituted into them). For example, the expressions y + y + y and 3y are equivalent because they name the same number regardless of which number y stands for.



Reason about and solve one-variable equations and inequalities.

6.EE.5

5. Understand solving an equation or inequality as a process of answering a question: which values from a specified set, if any, make the equation or inequality true? Use substitution to determine whether a given number in a specified set makes an equation or inequality true.


5. Understand solving an equation or inequality as a process of answering a question: which values from a specified set, if any, make the equation or inequality true? Use substitution to determine whether a given number in a specified set makes an equation or inequality true.


6.EE.6

6. Use variables to represent numbers and write expressions when solving a real-world or mathematical problem; understand that a variable can represent an unknown number, or, depending on the purpose at hand, any number in a specified set.



6. Use variables to represent numbers and write expressions when solving a real-world or mathematical problem; understand that a variable can represent an unknown number, or, depending on the purpose at hand, any number in a specified set.


6.EE.7

7. Solve real-world and mathematical problems by writing and solving equations of the form x + p = q and px = q for cases in which p, q and x are all nonnegative rational numbers.


7. Solve real-world and mathematical problems by writing and solving equations of the form x + p = q and px = q for cases in which p, q and x are all nonnegative rational numbers.



6.EE.8

8. Write an inequality of the form x > c or x < c to represent a constraint or condition in a real-world or mathematical problem. Recognize that inequalities of the form x > c or x < c have infinitely many solutions; represent solutions of such inequalities on number line diagrams.


8. Write an inequality of the form x > c or x < c to represent a constraint or condition in a real-world or mathematical problem. Recognize that inequalities of the form x > c or x < c have infinitely many solutions; represent solutions of such inequalities on number line diagrams.



Represent and analyze quantitative relationships between dependent and independent variables.

6.EE.9

9. Use variables to represent two quantities in a real-world problem that change in relationship to one another; write an equation to express one quantity, thought of as the dependent variable, in terms of the other quantity, thought of as the independent variable. Analyze the relationship between the dependent and independent variables using graphs and tables, and relate these to the equation. For example, in a problem involving motion at constant speed, list and graph ordered pairs of distances and times, and write the equation d = 65t to represent the relationship between distance and time.


9. Use variables to represent two quantities in a real-world problem that change in relationship to one another; write an equation to express one quantity, thought of as the dependent variable, in terms of the other quantity, thought of as the independent variable. Analyze the relationship between the dependent and independent variables using graphs and tables, and relate these to the equation. For example, in a problem involving motion at constant speed, list and graph ordered pairs of distances and times, and write the equation d = 65t to represent the relationship between distance and time.



Statistics and Probability


Develop understanding of statistical variability

6.SP.1

1. Recognize a statistical question as one that anticipates variability in the data related to the question and accounts for it in the answers. For example, “How old am I?” is not a statistical question, but “How old are the students in my school?” is a statistical question because one anticipates variability in students’ ages.


1. Recognize a statistical question as one that anticipates variability in the data related to the question and accounts for it in the answers. For example, “How old am I?” is not a statistical question, but “How old are the students in my school?” is a statistical question because one anticipates variability in students’ ages.


6.SP.2

2. Understand that a set of data collected to answer a statistical question has a distribution which can be described by its center, spread, and overall shape.



2. Understand that a set of data collected to answer a statistical question has a distribution which can be described by its center, spread, and overall shape.


6.SP.3

3. Recognize that a measure of center for a numerical data set summarizes all of its values with a single number, while a measure of variation describes how its values vary with a single number.


3. Recognize that a measure of center for a numerical data set summarizes all of its values with a single number, while a measure of variation describes how its values vary with a single number.



Summarizes and describe distributions

6.SP.4

4. Display numerical data in plots on a number line, including dot plots, histograms, and box plots.


4. Display numerical data in plots on a number line, including dot plots, histograms, and box plots.


6.SP.5

5. Summarize numerical data sets in relation to their context, such as by: a. Reporting the number of observations. b. Describing the nature of the attribute under investigation, including how it was measured and its units of measurement. c. Giving quantitative measures of center (median and/or mean) and variability (interquartile range and/or mean absolute deviation), as well as describing any overall pattern and any striking deviations from the overall pattern with reference to the context in which the data were gathered. d. Relating the choice of measures of center and variability to the shape of the data distribution and the context in which the data were gathered.



5. Summarize numerical data sets in relation to their context, such as by: a. Reporting the number of observations. b. Describing the nature of the attribute under investigation, including how it was measured and its units of measurement. c. Giving quantitative measures of center (median and/or mean) and variability (interquartile range and/or mean absolute deviation), as well as describing any overall pattern and any striking deviations from the overall pattern with reference to the context in which the data were gathered. d. Relating the choice of measures of center and variability to the shape of the data distribution and the context in which the data were gathered.



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: 7



Key Ideas and Details

1. Cite several pieces of textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.


1. Cite several pieces of textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.



Text Type and Purposes

1. Write arguments to support claims with clear reasons and relevant evidence. a) Introduce claim(s), acknowledge and address alternate or opposing claims, and organize the reasons and evidence logically. CA b) Support claim(s) or counterarguments with logical reasoning and relevant evidence, using accurate, credible sources and demonstrating an understanding of the topic or text. CA c) Use words, phrases, and clauses to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among claim(s), reasons, and evidence. d) Establish and maintain a formal style. e) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-on-one, in groups, and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 7 topics, texts, and issues, building on others' ideas and expressing their own clearly. a) Come to discussions prepared, having read or researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence on the topic, text, or issue to probe and reflect on ideas under discussion. b) Follow rules for collegial discussions, track progress toward specific goals and deadlines, and define individual roles as needed. c) Pose questions that elicit elaboration and respond to others' questions and comments with relevant observations and ideas that bring the discussion back on topic as needed. d) Acknowledge new information expressed by others and, when warranted, modify their own views.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Explain the function of phrases and clauses in general and their function in specific sentences. b) Choose among simple, compound, complex, and compound-complex sentences to signal differing relationships among ideas. c) Place phrases and clauses within a sentence, recognizing and correcting misplaced and dangling modifiers.*



Key Details and Details

1. Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of primary and secondary sources.



Key Ideas and Details

1. Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of science and technical texts.



Text types and Purposes

1. Write arguments focused on discipline-specific content. a) Introduce claim(s) about a topic or issue, acknowledge and distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and organize the reasons and evidence logically. b) Support claim(s) with logical reasoning and relevant, accurate data and evidence that demonstrate an understanding of the topic or text, using credible sources. c) Use words, phrases, and clauses to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence. d) Establish and maintain a formal style. e) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.



Key Ideas and Details

1. Cite several pieces of textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.


1. Cite several pieces of textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.



Text Type and Purposes

1. Write arguments to support claims with clear reasons and relevant evidence. a) Introduce claim(s), acknowledge alternate or opposing claims, and organize the reasons and evidence logically. b) Support claim(s) with logical reasoning and relevant evidence, using accurate, credible sources and demonstrating an understanding of the topic or text. c) Use words, phrases, and clauses to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among claim(s), reasons, and evidence. d) Establish and maintain a formal style.e) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-on-one, in groups, and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 7 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly. a) Come to discussions prepared, having read or researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence on the topic, text, or issue to probe and reflect on ideas under discussion. b) Follow rules for collegial discussions, track progress toward specific goals and deadlines, and define individual roles as needed. c) Pose questions that elicit elaboration and respond to others' questions and comments with relevant observations and ideas that bring the discussion back on topic as needed. d) Acknowledge new information expressed by others and, when warranted, modify their own views.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Explain the function of phrases and clauses in general and their function in specific sentences. b) Choose among simple, compound, complex, and compound-complex sentences to signal differing relationships among ideas. c) Place phrases and clauses within a sentence, recognizing and correcting misplaced and dangling modifiers.*



Key Details and Details

1. Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of primary and secondary sources.



Key Ideas and Details

1. Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of science and technical texts.



Text types and Purposes

1. Write arguments focused on discipline-specific content. a) Introduce claim(s) about a topic or issue, acknowledge and distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and organize the reasons and evidence logically. b) Support claim(s) with logical reasoning and relevant, accurate data and evidence that demonstrate an understanding of the topic or text, using credible sources. c) Use words, phrases, and clauses to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence. d) Establish and maintain a formal style. e) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine a theme or central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text; provide an objective summary of the text.


2. Determine two or more central ideas in a text and analyze their development over the course of the text; provide an objective summary of the text.



Text Type and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas, concepts, and information through the selection, organization, and analysis of relevant content. a) Introduce a topic or thesis statement clearly, previewing what is to follow; organize ideas, concepts, and information, using strategies such as definition, classification, comparison/contrast, and cause/effect; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., charts, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. CA b) Develop the topic with relevant facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples. c) Use appropriate transitions to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts. d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic. e) Establish and maintain a formal style. f) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Analyze the main ideas and supporting details presented in diverse media and formats (e.g., visually, quantitatively, orally) and explain how the ideas clarify a topic, text, or issue under study.



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Use a comma to separate coordinate adjectives (e.g., It was a fascinating, enjoyable movie but not He wore an old[,] green shirt). b) Spell correctly.



Key Details and Details

2. Determine the central ideas or information of a primary or secondary source; provide an accurate summary of the source distinct from prior knowledge or opinions.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine the central ideas or conclusions of a text; provide an accurate summary of the text distinct from prior knowledge or opinions.



Text types and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts, including the narration of historical events, scientific procedures/experiments, or technical processes. a) Introduce a topic clearly, previewing what is to follow; organize ideas, concepts, and information into broader categories as appropriate to achieving purpose; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., charts, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with relevant, well-chosen facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples. c) Use appropriate and varied transitions to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts. d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic. e) Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone. f) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine a theme or central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text; provide an objective summary of the text.


2. Determine two or more central ideas in a text and analyze their development over the course of the text; provide an objective summary of the text.



Text Type and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts to examine a topic and convey ideas, concepts, and information through the selection, organization, and analysis of relevant content. a) Introduce a topic clearly, previewing what is to follow; organize ideas, concepts, and information, using strategies such as definition, classification, comparison/contrast, and cause/effect; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., charts, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with relevant facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples. c) Use appropriate transitions to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts. d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic. e) Establish and maintain a formal style. f) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Analyze the main ideas and supporting details presented in diverse media and formats (e.g., visually, quantitatively, orally) and explain how the ideas clarify a topic, text, or issue under study.



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Use a comma to separate coordinate adjectives (e.g., It was a fascinating, enjoyable movie but not He wore an old[,] green shirt). b) Spell correctly.



Key Details and Details

2. Determine the central ideas or information of a primary or secondary source; provide an accurate summary of the source distinct from prior knowledge or opinions.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine the central ideas or conclusions of a text; provide an accurate summary of the text distinct from prior knowledge or opinions.



Text types and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts, including the narration of historical events, scientific procedures/experiments, or technical processes. a) Introduce a topic clearly, previewing what is to follow; organize ideas, concepts, and information into broader categories as appropriate to achieving purpose; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., charts, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with relevant, well-chosen facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples. c) Use appropriate and varied transitions to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts. d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic. e) Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone. f) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented.



Key Ideas and Details

3. Analyze how particular elements of a story or drama interact (e.g., how setting shapes the characters or plot).


3. Analyze the interactions between individuals, events, and ideas in a text (e.g., how ideas influence individuals or events, or how individuals influence ideas or events).



Text Type and Purposes

3. Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, relevant descriptive details, and well-structured event sequences. a) Engage and orient the reader by establishing a context and point of view and introducing a narrator and/or characters; organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally and logically. b) Use narrative techniques, such as dialogue, pacing, and description, to develop experiences, events, and/or characters. c) Use a variety of transition words, phrases, and clauses to convey sequence and signal shifts from one time frame or setting to another. d) Use precise words and phrases, relevant descriptive details, and sensory language to capture the action and convey experiences and events. e) Provide a conclusion that follows from the narrated experiences or events.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Delineate a speaker’s argument and specific claims, and attitude toward the subject, evaluating the soundness of the reasoning and the relevance and sufficiency of the evidence. CA



Knowledge of Language

3. Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening. a) Choose language that expresses ideas precisely and concisely, recognizing and eliminating wordiness and redundancy.*



Key Details and Details

3. Identify key steps in a text’s description of a process related to history/social studies (e.g., how a bill becomes law, how interest rates are raised or lowered).



Key Ideas and Details

3. Follow precisely a multistep procedure when carrying out experiments, taking measurements, or performing technical tasks.



Text types and Purposes

3. (See note; not applicable as a separate requirement.) Note: Students' narrative skills continue to grow in these grades. The Standards require that students be able to incorporate narrative elements effectively into arguments and informative/explanatory texts. In history/social studies, students must be able to incorporate narrative accounts into their analyses of individuals or events of historical import. In science and technical subjects, students must be able to write precise enough descriptions of the step-by-step procedures they use in their investigations or technical work that others can replicate them and (possibly) reach the same results.



Key Ideas and Details

3. Analyze how particular elements of a story or drama interact (e.g., how setting shapes the characters or plot).


3. Analyze the interactions between individuals, events, and ideas in a text (e.g., how ideas influence individuals or events, or how individuals influence ideas or events).



Text Type and Purposes

3. Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, relevant descriptive details, and well-structured event sequences. a) Engage and orient the reader by establishing a context and a point of view and introducing a narrator and/or characters; organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally and logically. b) Use narrative techniques, such as dialogue, pacing, and description, to develop experiences, events, and/or characters. c) Use a variety of transition words, phrases, and clauses to convey sequence and signal shifts from one time frame or setting to another. d) Use precise words and phrases, relevant descriptive details, and sensory language to capture the action and convey experiences and events. e) Provide a conclusion that follows from and reflects on the narrated experiences or events.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Delineate a speaker’s argument and specific claims, evaluating the soundness of the reasoning and the relevance and sufficiency of the evidence.



Knowledge of Language

3. Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening. a) Choose language that expresses ideas precisely and concisely, recognizing and eliminating wordiness and redundancy.*



Key Details and Details

3. Identify key steps in a text’s description of a process related to history/social studies (e.g., how a bill becomes law, how interest rates are raised or lowered).



Key Ideas and Details

3. Follow precisely a multistep procedure when carrying out experiments, taking measurements, or performing technical tasks.



Text types and Purposes

3. (See note; not applicable as a separate requirement. Note: Students' narrative skills continue to grow in these grades. The Standards require that students be able to incorporate narrative elements effectively into arguments and informative/explanatory texts. In history/social studies, students must be able to incorporate narrative accounts into their analyses of individuals or events of historical import. In science and technical subjects, students must be able to write precise enough descriptions of the step-by-step procedures they use in their investigations or technical work that others can replicate them and (possibly) reach the same results.



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the impact of rhymes and other repetitions of sounds (e.g., alliteration) on a specific verse or stanza of a poem or section of a story or drama. (See grade 7 Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations.) CA


4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze the impact of a specific word choice on meaning and tone. (See grade 7 Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations.) CA



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience. (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Present claims and findings (e.g., argument, narrative, and summary presentations), emphasizing salient points in a focused, coherent manner with pertinent descriptions, facts, details, and examples; use appropriate eye contact, adequate volume, and clear pronunciation. CA a) Plan and present an argument that: supports a claim, acknowledges counterarguments, organizes evidence logically, uses words and phrases to create cohesion, and provides a concluding statement that supports the argument presented. CA



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on grade 7 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies. a) Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence or paragraph; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase. b) Use common, grade-appropriate Greek or Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., belligerent, bellicose, rebel). c) Consult general and specialized reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning or its part of speech or trace the etymology of words. CA d) Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including vocabulary specific to domains related to history/social studies.


4. Determine the meaning of symbols, key terms, and other domain-specific words and phrases as they are used in a specific scientific or technical context relevant to grades 6-8 texts and topics.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the impact of rhymes and other repetitions of sounds (e.g., alliteration) on a specific verse or stanza of a poem or section of a story or drama.


4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze the impact of a specific word choice on meaning and tone.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience. (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Present claims and findings emphasizing salient points in a focused, coherent manner with pertinent descriptions, facts, details, and examples; use appropriate eye contact, adequate volume, and clear pronunciation.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on grade 7 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies. a) Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence or paragraph; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase. b) Use common, grade-appropriate Greek or Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., belligerent, bellicose, rebel). c) Consult general and specialized reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning or its part of speech. d) Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including vocabulary specific to domains related to history/social studies.


4. Determine the meaning of symbols, key terms, and other domain-specific words and phrases as they are used in a specific scientific or technical context relevant to grades 6-8 texts and topics.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.



Craft and Structure

5. Analyze how a drama’s or poem’s form or structure (e.g., soliloquy, sonnet) contributes to its meaning.


5. Analyze the structure an author uses to organize a text, including how the major sections contribute to the whole and to the development of the ideas. a) Analyze the use of text features (e.g., graphics, headers, captions) in public documents. CA



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With some guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach, focusing on how well purpose and audience have been addressed. (Editing for conventions should demonstrate command of Language standards 1-3 up to and including grade 7.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Include multimedia components and visual displays in presentations to clarify claims and findings and emphasize salient points.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings. a) Interpret figures of speech (e.g., literary, biblical, and mythological allusions) in context. b) Use the relationship between particular words (e.g., synonym/antonym, analogy) to better understand each of the words. c) Distinguish among the connotations (associations) of words with similar denotations (definitions) (e.g., refined, respectful, polite, diplomatic, condescending).



Craft and Structure

5. Describe how a text presents information (e.g., sequentially, comparatively, causally).


5. Analyze the structure an author uses to organize a text, including how the major sections contribute to the whole and to an understanding of the topic.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With some guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach, focusing on how well purpose and audience have been addressed.



Craft and Structure

5. Analyze how a drama’s or poem’s form or structure (e.g., soliloquy, sonnet) contributes to its meaning.


5. Analyze the structure an author uses to organize a text, including how the major sections contribute to the whole and to the development of the ideas.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With some guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach, focusing on how well purpose and audience have been addressed. (Editing for conventions should demonstrate command of Language standards 1-3 up to and including grade 7.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Include multimedia components and visual displays in presentations to clarify claims and findings and emphasize salient points.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings. a) Interpret figures of speech (e.g., literary, biblical, and mythological allusions) in context. b) Use the relationship between particular words (e.g., synonym/antonym, analogy) to better understand each of the words. c) Distinguish among the connotations (associations) of words with similar denotations (definitions) (e.g., refined, respectful, polite, diplomatic, condescending).



Craft and Structure

5. Describe how a text presents information (e.g., sequentially, comparatively, causally).


5. Analyze the structure an author uses to organize a text, including how the major sections contribute to the whole and to an understanding of the topic.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With some guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach, focusing on how well purpose and audience have been addressed.



Craft and Structure

6. Analyze how an author develops and contrasts the points of view of different characters or narrators in a text.


6. Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text and analyze how the author distinguishes his or her position from that of others.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. Use technology, including the Internet, to produce and publish writing and link to and cite sources as well as to interact and collaborate with others, including linking to and citing sources.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Adapt speech to a variety of contexts and tasks, demonstrating command of formal English when indicated or appropriate. (See grade 7 Language standards 1 and 3 for specific expectations.)



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Acquire and use accurately grade-appropriate general academic and domain-specific words and phrases; gather vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.



Craft and Structure

6. Identify aspects of a text that reveal an author’s point of view or purpose (e.g., loaded language, inclusion or avoidance of particular facts).


6. Analyze the author’s purpose in providing an explanation, describing a procedure, or discussing an experiment in a text.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. Use technology, including the Internet, to produce and publish writing and present the relationships between information and ideas clearly and efficiently.



Craft and Structure

6. Analyze how an author develops and contrasts the points of view of different characters or narrators in a text.


6. Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text and analyze how the author distinguishes his or her position from that of others.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. Use technology, including the Internet, to produce and publish writing and link to and cite sources as well as to interact and collaborate with others, including linking to and citing sources.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Adapt speech to a variety of contexts and tasks, demonstrating command of formal English when indicated or appropriate. (See grade 7 Language standards 1 and 3 for specific expectations.)



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Acquire and use accurately grade-appropriate general academic and domain-specific words and phrases; gather vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.



Craft and Structure

6. Identify aspects of a text that reveal an author’s point of view or purpose (e.g., loaded language, inclusion or avoidance of particular facts).


6. Analyze the author’s purpose in providing an explanation, describing a procedure, or discussing an experiment in a text.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. Use technology, including the Internet, to produce and publish writing and present the relationships between information and ideas clearly and efficiently.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Compare and contrast a written story, drama, or poem to its audio, filmed, staged, or multimedia version, analyzing the effects of techniques unique to each medium (e.g., lighting, sound, color, or camera focus and angles in a film).


7. Compare and contrast a text to an audio, video, or multimedia version of the text, analyzing each medium’s portrayal of the subject (e.g., how the delivery of a speech affects the impact of the words).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short research projects to answer a question, drawing on several sources and generating additional related, focused questions for further research and investigation.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Integrate visual information (e.g., in charts, graphs, photographs, videos, or maps) with other information in print and digital texts.


7. Integrate quantitative or technical information expressed in words in a text with a version of that information expressed visually (e.g., in a flowchart, diagram, model, graph, or table).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short research projects to answer a question (including a self-generated question), drawing on several sources and generating additional related, focused questions that allow for multiple avenues of exploration.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Compare and contrast a written story, drama, or poem to its audio, filmed, staged, or multimedia version, analyzing the effects of techniques unique to each medium (e.g., lighting, sound, color, or camera focus and angles in a film).


7. Compare and contrast a text to an audio, video, or multimedia version of the text, analyzing each medium’s portrayal of the subject (e.g., how the delivery of a speech affects the impact of the words).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short research projects to answer a question, drawing on several sources and generating additional related, focused questions for further research and investigation.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Integrate visual information (e.g., in charts, graphs, photographs, videos, or maps) with other information in print and digital texts.


7. Integrate quantitative or technical information expressed in words in a text with a version of that information expressed visually (e.g., in a flowchart, diagram, model, graph, or table).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short research projects to answer a question (including a self-generated question), drawing on several sources and generating additional related, focused questions that allow for multiple avenues of exploration.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. Trace and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is sound and the evidence is relevant and sufficient to support the claims.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Gather relevant information from multiple print and digital sources, using search terms effectively; assess the credibility and accuracy of each source; and quote or paraphrase the data and conclusions of others while avoiding plagiarism and following a standard format for citation.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. Distinguish among fact, opinion, and reasoned judgment in a text.


8. Distinguish among facts, reasoned judgment based on research findings, and speculation in a text.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Gather relevant information from multiple print and digital sources (primary and secondary), using search terms effectively; assess the credibility and accuracy of each source; and quote or paraphrase the data and conclusions of others while avoiding plagiarism and following a standard format for citation. CA



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. Trace and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is sound and the evidence is relevant and sufficient to support the claims.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Gather relevant information from multiple print and digital sources, using search terms effectively; assess the credibility and accuracy of each source; and quote or paraphrase the data and conclusions of others while avoiding plagiarism and following a standard format for citation.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. Distinguish among fact, opinion, and reasoned judgment in a text.


8. Distinguish among facts, reasoned judgment based on research findings, and speculation in a text.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Gather relevant information from multiple print and digital sources using search terms effectively; assess the credibility and accuracy of each source; and quote or paraphrase the data and conclusions of others while avoiding plagiarism and following a standard format for citation.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Compare and contrast a fictional portrayal of a time, place, or character and a historical account of the same period as a means of understanding how authors of fiction use or alter history.


9. Analyze how two or more authors writing about the same topic shape their presentations of key information by emphasizing different evidence or advancing different interpretations of facts.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research. a) Apply grade 7 Reading standards to literature (e.g., “Compare and contrast a fictional portrayal of a time, place, or character and a historical account of the same period as a means of understanding how authors of fiction use or alter history”). b) Apply grade 7 Reading standards to literary nonfiction (e.g., “Trace and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is sound and the evidence is relevant and sufficient to support the claims”).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Analyze the relationship between a primary and secondary source on the same topic.


9. Compare and contrast the information gained from experiments, simulations, video, or multimedia sources with that gained from reading a text on the same topic.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Compare and contrast a fictional portrayal of a time, place, or character and a historical account of the same period as a means of understanding how authors of fiction use or alter history.


9. Analyze how two or more authors writing about the same topic shape their presentations of key information by emphasizing different evidence or advancing different interpretations of facts.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research. a) Apply grade 7 Reading standards to literature (e.g., “Compare and contrast a fictional portrayal of a time, place, or character and a historical account of the same period as a means of understanding how authors of fiction use or alter history”). b) Apply grade 7 Reading standards to literary nonfiction (e.g., “Trace and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is sound and the evidence is relevant and sufficient to support the claims”).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Analyze the relationship between a primary and secondary source on the same topic.


9. Compare and contrast the information gained from experiments, simulations, video, or multimedia sources with that gained from reading a text on the same topic.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poems, in the grades 6-8 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.


10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literary nonfiction in the grades 6-8 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of grade 8, read and comprehend history/social studies texts in the grades 6-8 text complexity band independently and proficiently.


10. By the end of grade 8, read and comprehend science/technical texts in the grades 6-8 text complexity band independently and proficiently.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poems, in the grades 6-8 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.


10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literary nonfiction in the grades 6-8 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of grade 8, read and comprehend history/social studies texts in the grades 6-8 text complexity band independently and proficiently.


10. By the end of grade 8, read and comprehend science/technical texts in the grades 6-8 text complexity band independently and proficiently.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: 7


Geometry


Draw, construct, and describe geometrical figures and describe the relationships between them.

7.G.1

1. Solve problems involving scale drawings of geometric figures, including computing actual lengths and areas from a scale drawing and reproducing a scale drawing at a different scale.


1. Solve problems involving scale drawings of geometric figures, including computing actual lengths and areas from a scale drawing and reproducing a scale drawing at a different scale.


7.G.2

2. Draw (freehand, with ruler and protractor, and with technology) geometric shapes with given conditions. Focus on constructing triangles from three measures of angles or sides, noticing when the conditions determine a unique triangle, more than one triangle, or no triangle.



2. Draw (freehand, with ruler and protractor, and with technology) geometric shapes with given conditions. Focus on constructing triangles from three measures of angles or sides, noticing when the conditions determine a unique triangle, more than one triangle, or no triangle.


7.G.3

3. Describe the two-dimensional figures that result from slicing three-dimensional figures, as in plane sections of right rectangular prisms and right rectangular pyramids.


3. Describe the two-dimensional figures that result from slicing three-dimensional figures, as in plane sections of right rectangular prisms and right rectangular pyramids.



Solve real-life and mathematical problems involving angle measure, area, surface area, and volume.

7.G.4

4. Know the formulas for the area and circumference of a circle and use them to solve problems; give an informal derivation of the relationship between the circumference and area of a circle.


4. Know the formulas for the area and circumference of a circle and use them to solve problems; give an informal derivation of the relationship between the circumference and area of a circle.


7.G.5

5. Use facts about supplementary, complementary, vertical, and adjacent angles in a multi-step problem to write and solve simple equations for an unknown angle in a figure.



5. Use facts about supplementary, complementary, vertical, and adjacent angles in a multi-step problem to write and solve simple equations for an unknown angle in a figure.


7.G.6

6. Solve real-world and mathematical problems involving area, volume and surface area of two- and three-dimensional objects composed of triangles, quadrilaterals, polygons, cubes, and right prisms.


6. Solve real-world and mathematical problems involving area, volume and surface area of two- and three-dimensional objects composed of triangles, quadrilaterals, polygons, cubes, and right prisms.



Ratios and Proportional Relationships


Analyze proportional relationships and use them to solve real-world and mathematical problems.

7.RP.1

1. Compute unit rates associated with ratios of fractions, including ratios of lengths, areas and other quantities measured in like or different units. For example, if a person walks 1/2 mile in each 1/4 hour, compute the unit rate as the complex fraction ½/<sub>¼</sub> miles per hour, equivalently 2 miles per hour.


1. Compute unit rates associated with ratios of fractions, including ratios of lengths, areas and other quantities measured in like or different units. For example, if a person walks 1/2 mile in each 1/4 hour, compute the unit rate as the complex fraction <sup>&frac12;</sup>/<sub>&frac14;</sub> miles per hour, equivalently 2 miles per hour.


7.RP.2

2. Recognize and represent proportional relationships between quantities. a. Decide whether two quantities are in a proportional relationship, e.g., by testing for equivalent ratios in a table or graphing on a coordinate plane and observing whether the graph is a straight line through the origin. b. Identify the constant of proportionality (unit rate) in tables, graphs, equations, diagrams, and verbal descriptions of proportional relationships. c. Represent proportional relationships by equations. For example, if total cost t is proportional to the number n of items purchased at a constant price p, the relationship between the total cost and the number of items can be expressed as t = pn. d. Explain what a point (x, y) on the graph of a proportional relationship means in terms of the situation, with special attention to the points (0, 0) and (1, r) where r is the unit rate.



2. Recognize and represent proportional relationships between quantities. a. Decide whether two quantities are in a proportional relationship, e.g., by testing for equivalent ratios in a table or graphing on a coordinate plane and observing whether the graph is a straight line through the origin. b. Identify the constant of proportionality (unit rate) in tables, graphs, equations, diagrams, and verbal descriptions of proportional relationships. c. Represent proportional relationships by equations. For example, if total cost t is proportional to the number n of items purchased at a constant price p, the relationship between the total cost and the number of items can be expressed as t = pn. d. Explain what a point (x, y) on the graph of a proportional relationship means in terms of the situation, with special attention to the points (0, 0) and (1, r) where r is the unit rate.


7.RP.3

3. Use proportional relationships to solve multistep ratio and percent problems. Examples: simple interest, tax, markups and markdowns, gratuities and commissions, fees, percent increase and decrease, percent error.


3. Use proportional relationships to solve multistep ratio and percent problems. Examples: simple interest, tax, markups and markdowns, gratuities and commissions, fees, percent increase and decrease, percent error.



The Number System


Apply and extend previous understandings of operations with fractions to add, subtract, multiply, and divide rational numbers.

7.NS.1

1. Apply and extend previous understandings of addition and subtraction to add and subtract rational numbers; represent addition and subtraction on a horizontal or vertical number line diagram. a. Describe situations in which opposite quantities combine to make 0. For example, a hydrogen atom has 0 charge because its two constituents are oppositely charged. b. Understand p + q as the number located a distance |q| from p, in the positive or negative direction depending on whether q is positive or negative. Show that a number and its opposite have a sum of 0 (are additive inverses). Interpret sums of rational numbers by describing real-world contexts. c. Understand subtraction of rational numbers as adding the additive inverse, p - q = p + (-q). Show that the distance between two rational numbers on the number line is the absolute value of their difference, and apply this principle in real-world contexts. d. Apply properties of operations as strategies to add and subtract rational numbers.


1. Apply and extend previous understandings of addition and subtraction to add and subtract rational numbers; represent addition and subtraction on a horizontal or vertical number line diagram. a. Describe situations in which opposite quantities combine to make 0. For example, a hydrogen atom has 0 charge because its two constituents are oppositely charged. b. Understand p + q as the number located a distance |q| from p, in the positive or negative direction depending on whether q is positive or negative. Show that a number and its opposite have a sum of 0 (are additive inverses). Interpret sums of rational numbers by describing real-world contexts. c. Understand subtraction of rational numbers as adding the additive inverse, p - q = p + (-q). Show that the distance between two rational numbers on the number line is the absolute value of their difference, and apply this principle in real-world contexts. d. Apply properties of operations as strategies to add and subtract rational numbers.


7.NS.2

2. Apply and extend previous understandings of multiplication and division and of fractions to multiply and divide rational numbers. a. Understand that multiplication is extended from fractions to rational numbers by requiring that operations continue to satisfy the properties of operations, particularly the distributive property, leading to products such as (-1)(-1) = 1 and the rules for multiplying signed numbers. Interpret products of rational numbers by describing real-world contexts. b. Understand that integers can be divided, provided that the divisor is not zero, and every quotient of integers (with non-zero divisor) is a rational number. If p and q are integers, then -(p/q) = (-p)/q = p/(-q). Interpret quotients of rational numbers by describing real world contexts. c. Apply properties of operations as strategies to multiply and divide rational numbers. d. Convert a rational number to a decimal using long division; know that the decimal form of a rational number terminates in 0s or eventually repeats.



2. Apply and extend previous understandings of multiplication and division and of fractions to multiply and divide rational numbers. a. Understand that multiplication is extended from fractions to rational numbers by requiring that operations continue to satisfy the properties of operations, particularly the distributive property, leading to products such as (-1)(-1) = 1 and the rules for multiplying signed numbers. Interpret products of rational numbers by describing real-world contexts. b. Understand that integers can be divided, provided that the divisor is not zero, and every quotient of integers (with non-zero divisor) is a rational number. If p and q are integers, then -(p/q) = (-p)/q = p/(-q). Interpret quotients of rational numbers by describing real world contexts. c. Apply properties of operations as strategies to multiply and divide rational numbers. d. Convert a rational number to a decimal using long division; know that the decimal form of a rational number terminates in 0s or eventually repeats.


7.NS.3

3. Solve real-world and mathematical problems involving the four operations with rational numbers. (Computations with rational numbers extend the rules for manipulating fractions to complex fractions.)


3. Solve real-world and mathematical problems involving the four operations with rational numbers. (Computations with rational numbers extend the rules for manipulating fractions to complex fractions.)



Expressions and Equations


Use properties of operations to generate equivalent expressions.

7.EE.1

1. Apply properties of operations as strategies to add, subtract, factor, and expand linear expressions with rational coefficients.


1. Apply properties of operations as strategies to add, subtract, factor, and expand linear expressions with rational coefficients.


7.EE.2

2. Understand that rewriting an expression in different forms in a problem context can shed light on the problem and how the quantities in it are related. For example, a + 0.05a = 1.05a means that “increase by 5%” is the same as “multiply by 1.05.”



2. Understand that rewriting an expression in different forms in a problem context can shed light on the problem and how the quantities in it are related. For example, a + 0.05a = 1.05a means that “increase by 5%” is the same as “multiply by 1.05.”



Solve real-life and mathematical problems using numerical and algebraic expressions and equations.

7.EE.3

3. Solve multi-step real-life and mathematical problems posed with positive and negative rational numbers in any form (whole numbers, fractions, and decimals), using tools strategically. Apply properties of operations to calculate with numbers in any form; convert between forms as appropriate; and assess the reasonableness of answers using mental computation and estimation strategies. For example: If a woman making $25 an hour gets a 10% raise, she will make an additional 1/10 of her salary an hour, or $2.50, for a new salary of $27.50. If you want to place a towel bar 9 3/4 inches long in the center of a door that is 27 1/2 inches wide, you will need to place the bar about 9 inches from each edge; this estimate can be used as a check on the exact computation.


3. Solve multi-step real-life and mathematical problems posed with positive and negative rational numbers in any form (whole numbers, fractions, and decimals), using tools strategically. Apply properties of operations to calculate with numbers in any form; convert between forms as appropriate; and assess the reasonableness of answers using mental computation and estimation strategies. For example: If a woman making $25 an hour gets a 10% raise, she will make an additional 1/10 of her salary an hour, or $2.50, for a new salary of $27.50. If you want to place a towel bar 9 3/4 inches long in the center of a door that is 27 1/2 inches wide, you will need to place the bar about 9 inches from each edge; this estimate can be used as a check on the exact computation.


7.EE.4

4. Use variables to represent quantities in a real-world or mathematical problem, and construct simple equations and inequalities to solve problems by reasoning about the quantities. a. Solve word problems leading to equations of the form px + q = r and p(x + q) = r, where p, q, and r are specific rational numbers. Solve equations of these forms fluently. Compare an algebraic solution to an arithmetic solution, identifying the sequence of the operations used in each approach. For example, the perimeter of a rectangle is 54 cm. Its length is 6 cm. What is its width? b. Solve word problems leading to inequalities of the form px + q > r or px + q < r, where p, q, and r are specific rational numbers. Graph the solution set of the inequality and interpret it in the context of the problem. For example: As a salesperson, you are paid $50 per week plus $3 per sale. This week you want your pay to be at least $100. Write an inequality for the number of sales you need to make, and describe the solutions.



4. Use variables to represent quantities in a real-world or mathematical problem, and construct simple equations and inequalities to solve problems by reasoning about the quantities. a. Solve word problems leading to equations of the form px + q = r and p(x + q) = r, where p, q, and r are specific rational numbers. Solve equations of these forms fluently. Compare an algebraic solution to an arithmetic solution, identifying the sequence of the operations used in each approach. For example, the perimeter of a rectangle is 54 cm. Its length is 6 cm. What is its width? b. Solve word problems leading to inequalities of the form px + q > r or px + q < r, where p, q, and r are specific rational numbers. Graph the solution set of the inequality and interpret it in the context of the problem. For example: As a salesperson, you are paid $50 per week plus $3 per sale. This week you want your pay to be at least $100. Write an inequality for the number of sales you need to make, and describe the solutions.



Statistics and Probability


Use random sampling to draw inferences about a population

7.SP.1

1. Understand that statistics can be used to gain information about a population by examining a sample of the population; generalizations about a population from a sample are valid only if the sample is representative of that population. Understand that random sampling tends to produce representative samples and support valid inferences.


1. Understand that statistics can be used to gain information about a population by examining a sample of the population; generalizations about a population from a sample are valid only if the sample is representative of that population. Understand that random sampling tends to produce representative samples and support valid inferences.


7.SP.2

2. Use data from a random sample to draw inferences about a population with an unknown characteristic of interest. Generate multiple samples (or simulated samples) of the same size to gauge the variation in estimates or predictions. For example, estimate the mean word length in a book by randomly sampling words from the book; predict the winner of a school election based on randomly sampled survey data. Gauge how far off the estimate or prediction might be.



2. Use data from a random sample to draw inferences about a population with an unknown characteristic of interest. Generate multiple samples (or simulated samples) of the same size to gauge the variation in estimates or predictions. For example, estimate the mean word length in a book by randomly sampling words from the book; predict the winner of a school election based on randomly sampled survey data. Gauge how far off the estimate or prediction might be.



Draw informal comparative inferences about two populations

7.SP.3

3. Informally assess the degree of visual overlap of two numerical data distributions with similar variabilities, measuring the difference between the centers by expressing it as a multiple of a measure of variability. For example, the mean height of players on the basketball team is 10 cm greater than the mean height of players on the soccer team, about twice the variability (mean absolute deviation) on either team; on a dot plot, the separation between the two distributions of heights is noticeable.


3. Informally assess the degree of visual overlap of two numerical data distributions with similar variabilities, measuring the difference between the centers by expressing it as a multiple of a measure of variability. For example, the mean height of players on the basketball team is 10 cm greater than the mean height of players on the soccer team, about twice the variability (mean absolute deviation) on either team; on a dot plot, the separation between the two distributions of heights is noticeable.


7.SP.4

4. Use measures of center and measures of variability for numerical data from random samples to draw informal comparative inferences about two populations. For example, decide whether the words in a chapter of a seventh-grade science book are generally longer than the words in a chapter of a fourth-grade science book.



4. Use measures of center and measures of variability for numerical data from random samples to draw informal comparative inferences about two populations. For example, decide whether the words in a chapter of a seventh-grade science book are generally longer than the words in a chapter of a fourth-grade science book.



Investigate chance processes and develop, use, and evaluate probability models

7.SP.5

5. Understand that the probability of a chance event is a number between 0 and 1 that expresses the likelihood of the event occurring. Larger numbers indicate greater likelihood. A probability near 0 indicates an unlikely event, a probability around 1/2 indicates an event that is neither unlikely nor likely, and a probability near 1 indicates a likely event.


5. Understand that the probability of a chance event is a number between 0 and 1 that expresses the likelihood of the event occurring. Larger numbers indicate greater likelihood. A probability near 0 indicates an unlikely event, a probability around 1/2 indicates an event that is neither unlikely nor likely, and a probability near 1 indicates a likely event.


7.SP.6

6. Approximate the probability of a chance event by collecting data on the chance process that produces it and observing its long-run relative frequency, and predict the approximate relative frequency given the probability. For example, when rolling a number cube 600 times, predict that a 3 or 6 would be rolled roughly 200 times, but probably not exactly 200 times.



6. Approximate the probability of a chance event by collecting data on the chance process that produces it and observing its long-run relative frequency, and predict the approximate relative frequency given the probability. For example, when rolling a number cube 600 times, predict that a 3 or 6 would be rolled roughly 200 times, but probably not exactly 200 times.


7.SP.7

7. Develop a probability model and use it to find probabilities of events. Compare probabilities from a model to observed frequencies; if the agreement is not good, explain possible sources of the discrepancy. a. Develop a uniform probability model by assigning equal probability to all outcomes, and use the model to determine probabilities of events. For example, if a student is selected at random from a class, find the probability that Jane will be selected and the probability that a girl will be selected. b. Develop a probability model (which may not be uniform) by observing frequencies in data generated from a chance process. For example, find the approximate probability that a spinning penny will land heads up or that a tossed paper cup will land open-end down. Do the outcomes for the spinning penny appear to be equally likely based on the observed frequencies?


7. Develop a probability model and use it to find probabilities of events. Compare probabilities from a model to observed frequencies; if the agreement is not good, explain possible sources of the discrepancy. a. Develop a uniform probability model by assigning equal probability to all outcomes, and use the model to determine probabilities of events. For example, if a student is selected at random from a class, find the probability that Jane will be selected and the probability that a girl will be selected. b. Develop a probability model (which may not be uniform) by observing frequencies in data generated from a chance process. For example, find the approximate probability that a spinning penny will land heads up or that a tossed paper cup will land open-end down. Do the outcomes for the spinning penny appear to be equally likely based on the observed frequencies?



7.SP.8

8. Find probabilities of compound events using organized lists, tables, tree diagrams, and simulation. a. Understand that, just as with simple events, the probability of a compound event is the fraction of outcomes in the sample space for which the compound event occurs. b. Represent sample spaces for compound events using methods such as organized lists, tables and tree diagrams. For an event described in everyday language (e.g., “rolling double sixes”), identify the outcomes in the sample space which compose the event. c. Design and use a simulation to generate frequencies for compound events. For example, use random digits as a simulation tool to approximate the answer to the question: If 40% of donors have type A blood, what is the probability that it will take at least 4 donors to find one with type A blood?


8. Find probabilities of compound events using organized lists, tables, tree diagrams, and simulation. a. Understand that, just as with simple events, the probability of a compound event is the fraction of outcomes in the sample space for which the compound event occurs. b. Represent sample spaces for compound events using methods such as organized lists, tables and tree diagrams. For an event described in everyday language (e.g., “rolling double sixes”), identify the outcomes in the sample space which compose the event. c. Design and use a simulation to generate frequencies for compound events. For example, use random digits as a simulation tool to approximate the answer to the question: If 40% of donors have type A blood, what is the probability that it will take at least 4 donors to find one with type A blood?



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: 8



Key Ideas and Details

1. Cite the textual evidence that most strongly supports an analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.


1. Cite the textual evidence that most strongly supports an analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.



Text Type and Purposes

1. Write arguments to support claims with clear reasons and relevant evidence. a) Introduce claim(s), acknowledge and distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and organize the reasons and evidence logically. b) Support claim(s) with logical reasoning and relevant evidence, using accurate, credible sources and demonstrating an understanding of the topic or text. c) Use words, phrases, and clauses to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence. d) Establish and maintain a formal style. e) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-on-one, in groups, and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 8 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly. a) Come to discussions prepared, having read or researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence on the topic, text, or issue to probe and reflect on ideas under discussion. b) Follow rules for collegial discussions and decision-making, track progress toward specific goals and deadlines, and define individual roles as needed. c) Pose questions that connect the ideas of several speakers and respond to others’ questions and comments with relevant evidence, observations, and ideas. d) Acknowledge new information expressed by others, and, when warranted, qualify or justify their own views in light of the evidence presented.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Explain the function of verbals (gerunds, participles, infinitives) in general and their function in particular sentences. b) Form and use verbs in the active and passive voice. c) Form and use verbs in the indicative, imperative, interrogative, conditional, and subjunctive mood. d) Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb voice and mood.*



Key Details and Details

1. Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of primary and secondary sources.



Key Ideas and Details

1. Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of science and technical texts.



Text types and Purposes

1. Write arguments focused on discipline-specific content. a) Introduce claim(s) about a topic or issue, acknowledge and distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and organize the reasons and evidence logically. b) Support claim(s) with logical reasoning and relevant, accurate data and evidence that demonstrate an understanding of the topic or text, using credible sources. c) Use words, phrases, and clauses to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence. d) Establish and maintain a formal style. e) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.



Key Ideas and Details

1. Cite the textual evidence that most strongly supports an analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.


1. Cite the textual evidence that most strongly supports an analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.



Text Type and Purposes

1. Write arguments to support claims with clear reasons and relevant evidence. a) Introduce claim(s), acknowledge and distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and organize the reasons and evidence logically. b) Support claim(s) with logical reasoning and relevant evidence, using accurate, credible sources and demonstrating an understanding of the topic or text. c) Use words, phrases, and clauses to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence. d) Establish and maintain a formal style. e) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-on-one, in groups, and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grade 8 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly. a) Come to discussions prepared, having read or researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence on the topic, text, or issue to probe and reflect on ideas under discussion. b) Follow rules for collegial discussions and decision-making, track progress toward specific goals and deadlines, and define individual roles as needed. c) Pose questions that connect the ideas of several speakers and respond to others’ questions and comments with relevant evidence, observations, and ideas. d) Acknowledge new information expressed by others, and, when warranted, qualify or justify their own views in light of the evidence presented.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Explain the function of verbals (gerunds, participles, infinitives) in general and their function in particular sentences. b) Form and use verbs in the active and passive voice. c) Form and use verbs in the indicative, imperative, interrogative, conditional, and subjunctive mood. d) Recognize and correct inappropriate shifts in verb voice and mood.*



Key Details and Details

1. Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of primary and secondary sources.



Key Ideas and Details

1. Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of science and technical texts.



Text types and Purposes

1. Write arguments focused on discipline-specific content. a) Introduce claim(s) about a topic or issue, acknowledge and distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and organize the reasons and evidence logically. b) Support claim(s) with logical reasoning and relevant, accurate data and evidence that demonstrate an understanding of the topic or text, using credible sources. c) Use words, phrases, and clauses to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence. d) Establish and maintain a formal style. e) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine a theme or central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text, including its relationship to the characters, setting, and plot; provide an objective summary of the text.


2. Determine a central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text, including its relationship to supporting ideas; provide an objective summary of the text.



Text Type and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts, including career development documents (e.g., simple business letters and job applications), to examine a topic and convey ideas, concepts, and information through the selection, organization, and analysis of relevant content. CA a) Introduce a topic or thesis statement clearly, previewing what is to follow; organize ideas, concepts, and information into broader categories; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., charts, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with relevant, well-chosen facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples. c) Use appropriate and varied transitions to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts. d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic. e) Establish and maintain a formal style. f) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Analyze the purpose of information presented in diverse media and formats (e.g., visually, quantitatively, orally) and evaluate the motives (e.g., social, commercial, political) behind its presentation.



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Use punctuation (comma, ellipsis, dash) to indicate a pause or break. b) Use an ellipsis to indicate an omission. c) Spell correctly.



Key Details and Details

2. Determine the central ideas or information of a primary or secondary source; provide an accurate summary of the source distinct from prior knowledge or opinions.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine the central ideas or conclusions of a text; provide an accurate summary of the text distinct from prior knowledge or opinions.



Text types and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts, including the narration of historical events, scientific procedures/experiments, or technical processes. a) Introduce a topic clearly, previewing what is to follow; organize ideas, concepts, and information into broader categories as appropriate to achieving purpose; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., charts, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with relevant, well-chosen facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples. c) Use appropriate and varied transitions to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts. d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic. e) Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone. f) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine a theme or central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text, including its relationship to the characters, setting, and plot; provide an objective summary of the text.


2. Determine a central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text, including its relationship to supporting ideas; provide an objective summary of the text.



Text Type and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory text, to examine a topic and convey ideas, concepts, and information through the selection, organization, and analysis of relevant content. a) Introduce a topic; clearly, previewing what is to follow; organize ideas, concepts, and information into broader categories; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., charts, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with relevant, well-chosen facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples. c) Use appropriate and varied transitions to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts. d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic. e) Establish and maintain a formal style. f) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Analyze the purpose of information presented in diverse media and formats (e.g., visually, quantitatively, orally) and evaluate the motives (e.g., social, commercial, political) behind its presentation.



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Use punctuation (comma, ellipsis, dash) to indicate a pause or break. b) Use an ellipsis to indicate an omission. c) Spell correctly.



Key Details and Details

2. Determine the central ideas or information of a primary or secondary source; provide an accurate summary of the source distinct from prior knowledge or opinions.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine the central ideas or conclusions of a text; provide an accurate summary of the text distinct from prior knowledge or opinions.



Text types and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts, including the narration of historical events, scientific procedures/experiments, or technical processes. a) Introduce a topic clearly, previewing what is to follow; organize ideas, concepts, and information into broader categories as appropriate to achieving purpose; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., charts, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with relevant, well-chosen facts, definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples. c) Use appropriate and varied transitions to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts. d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to inform about or explain the topic. e) Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone. f) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented.



Key Ideas and Details

3. Analyze how particular lines of dialogue or incidents in a story or drama propel the action, reveal aspects of a character, or provoke a decision.


3. Analyze how a text makes connections among and distinctions between individuals, ideas, or events (e.g., through comparisons, analogies, or categories).



Text Type and Purposes

3. Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, relevant descriptive details, and well-structured event sequences. a) Engage and orient the reader by establishing a context and point of view and introducing a narrator and/or characters; organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally and logically. b) Use narrative techniques, such as dialogue, pacing, description, and reflection, to develop experiences, events, and/or characters. c) Use a variety of transition words, phrases, and clauses to convey sequence, signal shifts from one time frame or setting to another, and show the relationships among experiences and events. d) Use precise words and phrases, relevant descriptive details, and sensory language to capture the action and convey experiences and events. e) Provide a conclusion that follows from and reflects on the narrated experiences or events.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Delineate a speaker’s argument and specific claims, evaluating the soundness of the reasoning and relevance and sufficiency of the evidence and identifying when irrelevant evidence is introduced.



Knowledge of Language

3. Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening. a) Use verbs in the active and passive voice and in the conditional and subjunctive mood to achieve particular effects (e.g., emphasizing the actor or the action; expressing uncertainty or describing a state contrary to fact).



Key Details and Details

3. Identify key steps in a text’s description of a process related to history/social studies (e.g., how a bill becomes law, how interest rates are raised or lowered).



Key Ideas and Details

3. Follow precisely a multistep procedure when carrying out experiments, taking measurements, or performing technical tasks.



Text types and Purposes

3. (See note; not applicable as a separate requirement.) Note: Students' narrative skills continue to grow in these grades. The Standards require that students be able to incorporate narrative elements effectively into arguments and informative/explanatory texts. In history/social studies, students must be able to incorporate narrative accounts into their analyses of individuals or events of historical import. In science and technical subjects, students must be able to write precise enough descriptions of the step-by-step procedures they use in their investigations or technical work that others can replicate them and (possibly) reach the same results.



Key Ideas and Details

3. Analyze how particular lines of dialogue or incidents in a story or drama propel the action, reveal aspects of a character, or provoke a decision.


3. Analyze how a text makes connections among and distinctions between individuals, ideas, or events (e.g., through comparisons, analogies, or categories).



Text Type and Purposes

3. Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, relevant descriptive details, and well-structured event sequences. a) Engage and orient the reader by establishing a context and point of view and introducing a narrator and/or characters; organize an event sequence that unfolds naturally and logically. b) Use narrative techniques, such as dialogue, pacing, description, and reflection, to develop experiences, events, and/or characters. c) Use a variety of transition words, phrases, and clauses to convey sequence, signal shifts from one time frame or setting to another, and show the relationships among experiences and events. d) Use precise words and phrases, relevant descriptive details, and sensory language to capture the action and convey experiences and events. e) Provide a conclusion that follows from and reflects on the narrated experiences or events.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Delineate a speaker’s argument and specific claims, evaluating the soundness of the reasoning and relevance and sufficiency of the evidence and identifying when irrelevant evidence is introduced.



Knowledge of Language

3. Use knowledge of language and its conventions when writing, speaking, reading, or listening. a) Use verbs in the active and passive voice and in the conditional and subjunctive mood to achieve particular effects (e.g., emphasizing the actor or the action; expressing uncertainty or describing a state contrary to fact).



Key Details and Details

3. Identify key steps in a text’s description of a process related to history/social studies (e.g., how a bill becomes law, how interest rates are raised or lowered).



Key Ideas and Details

3. Follow precisely a multistep procedure when carrying out experiments, taking measurements, or performing technical tasks.



Text types and Purposes

3. (See note; not applicable as a separate requirement. Note: Students' narrative skills continue to grow in these grades. The Standards require that students be able to incorporate narrative elements effectively into arguments and informative/explanatory texts. In history/social studies, students must be able to incorporate narrative accounts into their analyses of individuals or events of historical import. In science and technical subjects, students must be able to write precise enough descriptions of the step-by-step procedures they use in their investigations or technical work that others can replicate them and (possibly) reach the same results.



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone, including analogies or allusions to other texts. (See grade 8 Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations.) CA


4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze the impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone, including analogies or allusions to other texts. (See grade 8 Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations.) CA



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience. (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Present claims and findings (e.g., argument, narrative, response to literature presentations), emphasizing salient points in a focused, coherent manner with relevant evidence, sound valid reasoning, and well-chosen details; use appropriate eye contact, adequate volume, and clear pronunciation. CA a) Plan and present a narrative that: establishes a context and point of view, presents a logical sequence, uses narrative techniques (e.g., dialogue, pacing, description, sensory language), uses a variety of transitions, and provides a conclusion that reflects the experience. CA



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on grade 8 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies. a) Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence or paragraph; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase. b) Use common, grade-appropriate Greek or Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., precede, recede, secede). c) Consult general and specialized reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning or its part of speech or trace the etymology of words. CA d) Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including vocabulary specific to domains related to history/social studies.


4. Determine the meaning of symbols, key terms, and other domain-specific words and phrases as they are used in a specific scientific or technical context relevant to grades 6-8 texts and topics.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone, including analogies or allusions to other texts.


4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze the impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone, including analogies or allusions to other texts.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience. (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Present claims and findings emphasizing salient points in a focused, coherent manner with relevant evidence, sound valid reasoning, and well-chosen details; use appropriate eye contact, adequate volume, and clear pronunciation.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on grade 8 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies. a) Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence or paragraph; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase. b) Use common, grade-appropriate Greek or Latin affixes and roots as clues to the meaning of a word (e.g., precede, recede, secede). c) Consult general and specialized reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning or its part of speech. d) Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including vocabulary specific to domains related to history/social studies.


4. Determine the meaning of symbols, key terms, and other domain-specific words and phrases as they are used in a specific scientific or technical context relevant to grades 6-8 texts and topics.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.



Craft and Structure

5. Compare and contrast the structure of two or more texts and analyze how the differing structure of each text contributes to its meaning and style.


5. Analyze in detail the structure of a specific paragraph in a text, including the role of particular sentences in developing and refining a key concept. a) Analyze the use of text features (e.g., graphics, headers, captions) in consumer materials. CA



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With some guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach, focusing on how well purpose and audience have been addressed. (Editing for conventions should demonstrate command of Language standards 1-3 up to and including grade 8.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Integrate multimedia and visual displays into presentations to clarify information, strengthen claims and evidence, and add interest.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings. a) Interpret figures of speech (e.g. verbal irony, puns) in context. b) Use the relationship between particular words to better understand each of the words. c) Distinguish among the connotations (associations) of words with similar denotations (definitions) (e.g., bullheaded, willful, firm, persistent, resolute).



Craft and Structure

5. Describe how a text presents information (e.g., sequentially, comparatively, causally).


5. Analyze the structure an author uses to organize a text, including how the major sections contribute to the whole and to an understanding of the topic.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With some guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach, focusing on how well purpose and audience have been addressed.



Craft and Structure

5. Compare and contrast the structure of two or more texts and analyze how the differing structure of each text contributes to its meaning and style.


5. Analyze in detail the structure of a specific paragraph in a text, including the role of particular sentences in developing and refining a key concept.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With some guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach, focusing on how well purpose and audience have been addressed. (Editing for conventions should demonstrate command of Language standards 1-3 up to and including grade 8.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Integrate multimedia and visual displays into presentations to clarify information, strengthen claims and evidence, and add interest.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings. a) Interpret figures of speech (e.g. verbal irony, puns) in context. b) Use the relationship between particular words to better understand each of the words. c) Distinguish among the connotations (associations) of words with similar denotations (definitions) (e.g., bullheaded, willful, firm, persistent, resolute).



Craft and Structure

5. Describe how a text presents information (e.g., sequentially, comparatively, causally).


5. Analyze the structure an author uses to organize a text, including how the major sections contribute to the whole and to an understanding of the topic.



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. With some guidance and support from peers and adults, develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach, focusing on how well purpose and audience have been addressed.



Craft and Structure

6. Analyze how differences in the points of view of the characters and the audience or reader (e.g., created through the use of dramatic irony) create such effects as suspense or humor.


6. Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text and analyze how the author acknowledges and responds to conflicting evidence or viewpoints.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. Use technology, including the Internet, to produce and publish writing and present the relationships between information and ideas efficiently as well as to interact and collaborate with others.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Adapt speech to a variety of contexts and tasks, demonstrating command of formal English when indicated or appropriate. (See grade 8 Language standards 1 and 3 for specific expectations.)



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Acquire and use accurately grade-appropriate general academic and domain-specific words and phrases; gather vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.



Craft and Structure

6. Identify aspects of a text that reveal an author’s point of view or purpose (e.g., loaded language, inclusion or avoidance of particular facts).


6. Analyze the author’s purpose in providing an explanation, describing a procedure, or discussing an experiment in a text.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. Use technology, including the Internet, to produce and publish writing and present the relationships between information and ideas clearly and efficiently.



Craft and Structure

6. Analyze how differences in the points of view of the characters and the audience or reader (e.g., created through the use of dramatic irony) create such effects as suspense or humor.


6. Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text and analyze how the author acknowledges and responds to conflicting evidence or viewpoints.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. Use technology, including the Internet, to produce and publish writing and present the relationships between information and ideas efficiently as well as to interact and collaborate with others.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Adapt speech to a variety of contexts and tasks, demonstrating command of formal English when indicated or appropriate. (See grade 8 Language standards 1 and 3 for specific expectations.)



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Acquire and use accurately grade-appropriate general academic and domain-specific words and phrases; gather vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.



Craft and Structure

6. Identify aspects of a text that reveal an author’s point of view or purpose (e.g., loaded language, inclusion or avoidance of particular facts).


6. Analyze the author’s purpose in providing an explanation, describing a procedure, or discussing an experiment in a text.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. Use technology, including the Internet, to produce and publish writing and present the relationships between information and ideas clearly and efficiently.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Analyze the extent to which a filmed or live production of a story or drama stays faithful to or departs from the text or script, evaluating the choices made by the director or actors.


7. Evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of using different mediums (e.g., print or digital text, video, multimedia) to present a particular topic or idea.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short research projects to answer a question (including a self-generated question), drawing on several sources and generating additional related, focused questions that allow for multiple avenues of exploration.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Integrate visual information (e.g., in charts, graphs, photographs, videos, or maps) with other information in print and digital texts.


7. Integrate quantitative or technical information expressed in words in a text with a version of that information expressed visually (e.g., in a flowchart, diagram, model, graph, or table).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short research projects to answer a question (including a self-generated question), drawing on several sources and generating additional related, focused questions that allow for multiple avenues of exploration.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Analyze the extent to which a filmed or live production of a story or drama stays faithful to or departs from the text or script, evaluating the choices made by the director or actors.


7. Evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of using different mediums (e.g., print or digital text, video, multimedia) to present a particular topic or idea.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short research projects to answer a question (including a self-generated question), drawing on several sources and generating additional related, focused questions that allow for multiple avenues of exploration.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Integrate visual information (e.g., in charts, graphs, photographs, videos, or maps) with other information in print and digital texts.


7. Integrate quantitative or technical information expressed in words in a text with a version of that information expressed visually (e.g., in a flowchart, diagram, model, graph, or table).



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short research projects to answer a question (including a self-generated question), drawing on several sources and generating additional related, focused questions that allow for multiple avenues of exploration.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. Delineate and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is sound and the evidence is relevant and sufficient; recognize when irrelevant evidence is introduced.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Gather relevant information from multiple print and digital sources, using search terms effectively; assess the credibility and accuracy of each source; and quote or paraphrase the data and conclusions of others while avoiding plagiarism and following a standard format for citation.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. Distinguish among fact, opinion, and reasoned judgment in a text.


8. Distinguish among facts, reasoned judgment based on research findings, and speculation in a text.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Gather relevant information from multiple print and digital sources (primary and secondary), using search terms effectively; assess the credibility and accuracy of each source; and quote or paraphrase the data and conclusions of others while avoiding plagiarism and following a standard format for citation. CA



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. Delineate and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is sound and the evidence is relevant and sufficient; recognize when irrelevant evidence is introduced.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Gather relevant information from multiple print and digital sources, using search terms effectively; assess the credibility and accuracy of each source; and quote or paraphrase the data and conclusions of others while avoiding plagiarism and following a standard format for citation.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. Distinguish among fact, opinion, and reasoned judgment in a text.


8. Distinguish among facts, reasoned judgment based on research findings, and speculation in a text.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Gather relevant information from multiple print and digital sources using search terms effectively; assess the credibility and accuracy of each source; and quote or paraphrase the data and conclusions of others while avoiding plagiarism and following a standard format for citation.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Analyze how a modern work of fiction draws on themes, patterns of events, or character types from myths, traditional stories, or religious works such as the Bible, including describing how the material is rendered new.


9. Analyze a case in which two or more texts provide conflicting information on the same topic and identify where the texts disagree on matters of fact or interpretation.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research. a) Apply grade 8 Reading standards to literature (e.g., “Analyze how a modern work of fiction draws on themes, patterns of events, or character types from myths, traditional stories, or religious works such as the Bible, including describing how the material is rendered new”). b) Apply grade 8 Reading standards to literary nonfiction (e.g., “Delineate and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is sound and the evidence is relevant and sufficient; recognize when irrelevant evidence is introduced”).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Analyze the relationship between a primary and secondary source on the same topic.


9. Compare and contrast the information gained from experiments, simulations, video, or multimedia sources with that gained from reading a text on the same topic.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Analyze how a modern work of fiction draws on themes, patterns of events, or character types from myths, traditional stories, or religious works such as the Bible, including describing how the material is rendered new.


9. Analyze a case in which two or more texts provide conflicting information on the same topic and identify where the texts disagree on matters of fact or interpretation.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research. a) Apply grade 8 Reading standards to literature (e.g., “Analyze how a modern work of fiction draws on themes, patterns of events, or character types from myths, traditional stories, or religious works such as the Bible, including describing how the material is rendered new”). b) Apply grade 8 Reading standards to literary nonfiction (e.g., “Delineate and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is sound and the evidence is relevant and sufficient; recognize when irrelevant evidence is introduced”).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Analyze the relationship between a primary and secondary source on the same topic.


9. Compare and contrast the information gained from experiments, simulations, video, or multimedia sources with that gained from reading a text on the same topic.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poems, at the high end of grades 6-8 text complexity band independently and proficiently.


10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literary nonfiction at the high end of the grades 6-8 text complexity band independently and proficiently.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of grade 8, read and comprehend history/social studies texts in the grades 6-8 text complexity band independently and proficiently.


10. By the end of grade 8, read and comprehend science/technical texts in the grades 6-8 text complexity band independently and proficiently.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poems, at the high end of grades 6-8 text complexity band independently and proficiently.


10. By the end of the year, read and comprehend literary nonfiction at the high end of the grades 6-8 text complexity band independently and proficiently.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of grade 8, read and comprehend history/social studies texts in the grades 6-8 text complexity band independently and proficiently.


10. By the end of grade 8, read and comprehend science/technical texts in the grades 6-8 text complexity band independently and proficiently.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: 8


Geometry


Understand congruence and similarity using physical models, transparencies, or geometry software.

8.G.1

1. Verify experimentally the properties of rotations, reflections, and translations: a. Lines are taken to lines, and line segments to line segments of the same length. b. Angles are taken to angles of the same measure. c. Parallel lines are taken to parallel lines.


1. Verify experimentally the properties of rotations, reflections, and translations: a. Lines are taken to lines, and line segments to line segments of the same length. b. Angles are taken to angles of the same measure. c. Parallel lines are taken to parallel lines.


8.G.2

2. Understand that a two-dimensional figure is congruent to another if the second can be obtained from the first by a sequence of rotations, reflections, and translations; given two congruent figures, describe a sequence that exhibits the congruence between them.



2. Understand that a two-dimensional figure is congruent to another if the second can be obtained from the first by a sequence of rotations, reflections, and translations; given two congruent figures, describe a sequence that exhibits the congruence between them.


8.G.3

3. Describe the effect of dilations, translations, rotations, and reflections on two-dimensional figures using coordinates.


3. Describe the effect of dilations, translations, rotations, and reflections on two-dimensional figures using coordinates.



8.G.4

4. Understand that a two-dimensional figure is similar to another if the second can be obtained from the first by a sequence of rotations, reflections, translations, and dilations; given two similar two-dimensional figures, describe a sequence that exhibits the similarity between them.


4. Understand that a two-dimensional figure is similar to another if the second can be obtained from the first by a sequence of rotations, reflections, translations, and dilations; given two similar two-dimensional figures, describe a sequence that exhibits the similarity between them.


8.G.5

5. Use informal arguments to establish facts about the angle sum and exterior angle of triangles, about the angles created when parallel lines are cut by a transversal, and the angle-angle criterion for similarity of triangles. For example, arrange three copies of the same triangle so that the sum of the three angles appears to form a line, and give an argument in terms of transversals why this is so.



5. Use informal arguments to establish facts about the angle sum and exterior angle of triangles, about the angles created when parallel lines are cut by a transversal, and the angle-angle criterion for similarity of triangles. For example, arrange three copies of the same triangle so that the sum of the three angles appears to form a line, and give an argument in terms of transversals why this is so.



Understand and apply the Pythagorean Theorem

8.G.6

6. Explain a proof of the Pythagorean Theorem and its converse.


6. Explain a proof of the Pythagorean Theorem and its converse.


8.G.7

7. Apply the Pythagorean Theorem to determine unknown side lengths in right triangles in real-world and mathematical problems in two and three dimensions.



7. Apply the Pythagorean Theorem to determine unknown side lengths in right triangles in real-world and mathematical problems in two and three dimensions.


8.G.8

8. Apply the Pythagorean Theorem to find the distance between two points in a coordinate system.


8. Apply the Pythagorean Theorem to find the distance between two points in a coordinate system.



Solve real-world and mathematical problems involving volume of cylinders, cones, and spheres.

8.G.9

9. Know the formulas for the volumes of cones, cylinders, and spheres and use them to solve real-world and mathematical problems.


9. Know the formulas for the volumes of cones, cylinders, and spheres and use them to solve real-world and mathematical problems.



The Number System


Know that there are numbers that are not rational, and approximate them by rational numbers.

8.NS.1

1. Know that numbers that are not rational are called irrational. Understand informally that every number has a decimal expansion; for rational numbers show that the decimal expansion repeats eventually, and convert a decimal expansion which repeats eventually into a rational number.


1. Know that numbers that are not rational are called irrational. Understand informally that every number has a decimal expansion; for rational numbers show that the decimal expansion repeats eventually, and convert a decimal expansion which repeats eventually into a rational number.


8.NS.2

2. Use rational approximations of irrational numbers to compare the size of irrational numbers, locate them approximately on a number line diagram, and estimate the value of expressions (e.g., π2). For example, by truncating the decimal expansion of √2, show that √2 is between 1 and 2, then between 1.4 and 1.5, and explain how to continue on to get better approximations.



2. Use rational approximations of irrational numbers to compare the size of irrational numbers, locate them approximately on a number line diagram, and estimate the value of expressions (e.g., <span style="font-family:times new roman;font-size:1.25em;">&pi;<sup>2</sup>). For example, by truncating the decimal expansion of &radic;2, show that &radic;2 is between 1 and 2, then between 1.4 and 1.5, and explain how to continue on to get better approximations.



Expressions and Equations


Work with radicals and integer exponents.

8.EE.1

1. Know and apply the properties of integer exponents to generate equivalent numerical expressions. For example, 32 × 3-5 = 3-3 = 1/33 = 1/27.


1. Know and apply the properties of integer exponents to generate equivalent numerical expressions. For example, 3<sup>2</sup> &times; 3<sup>-5</sup> = 3<sup>-3</sup> = 1/3<sup>3</sup> = 1/27.


8.EE.2

2. Use square root and cube root symbols to represent solutions to equations of the form x2 = p and x3 = p, where p is a positive rational number. Evaluate square roots of small perfect squares and cube roots of small perfect cubes. Know that √2 is irrational.



2. Use square root and cube root symbols to represent solutions to equations of the form x<sup>2</sup> = p and x<sup>3</sup> = p, where p is a positive rational number. Evaluate square roots of small perfect squares and cube roots of small perfect cubes. Know that &radic;2 is irrational.


8.EE.3

3. Use numbers expressed in the form of a single digit times an integer power of 10 to estimate very large or very small quantities, and to express how many times as much one is than the other. For example, estimate the population of the United States as 3 × 108 and the population of the world as 7 × 109, and determine that the world population is more than 20 times larger.


3. Use numbers expressed in the form of a single digit times an integer power of 10 to estimate very large or very small quantities, and to express how many times as much one is than the other. For example, estimate the population of the United States as 3 &times; 10<sup>8</sup> and the population of the world as 7 &times; 10<sup>9</sup>, and determine that the world population is more than 20 times larger.



8.EE.4

4. Perform operations with numbers expressed in scientific notation, including problems where both decimal and scientific notation are used. Use scientific notation and choose units of appropriate size for measurements of very large or very small quantities (e.g., use millimeters per year for seafloor spreading). Interpret scientific notation that has been generated by technology.


4. Perform operations with numbers expressed in scientific notation, including problems where both decimal and scientific notation are used. Use scientific notation and choose units of appropriate size for measurements of very large or very small quantities (e.g., use millimeters per year for seafloor spreading). Interpret scientific notation that has been generated by technology.



Understand the connections between proportional relationships, lines, and linear equations.

8.EE.5

5. Graph proportional relationships, interpreting the unit rate as the slope of the graph. Compare two different proportional relationships represented in different ways. For example, compare a distance-time graph to a distance-time equation to determine which of two moving objects has greater speed.


5. Graph proportional relationships, interpreting the unit rate as the slope of the graph. Compare two different proportional relationships represented in different ways. For example, compare a distance-time graph to a distance-time equation to determine which of two moving objects has greater speed.


8.EE.6

6. Use similar triangles to explain why the slope m is the same between any two distinct points on a non-vertical line in the coordinate plane; derive the equation y = mx for a line through the origin and the equation y = mx + b for a line intercepting the vertical axis at b.



6. Use similar triangles to explain why the slope m is the same between any two distinct points on a non-vertical line in the coordinate plane; derive the equation y = mx for a line through the origin and the equation y = mx + b for a line intercepting the vertical axis at b.



Analyze and solve linear equations and pairs of simultaneous linear equations.

8.EE.7

7. Solve linear equations in one variable. a. Give examples of linear equations in one variable with one solution, infinitely many solutions, or no solutions. Show which of these possibilities is the case by successively transforming the given equation into simpler forms, until an equivalent equation of the form x = a, a = a, or a = b results (where a and b are different numbers). b. Solve linear equations with rational number coefficients, including equations whose solutions require expanding expressions using the distributive property and collecting like terms.


7. Solve linear equations in one variable. a. Give examples of linear equations in one variable with one solution, infinitely many solutions, or no solutions. Show which of these possibilities is the case by successively transforming the given equation into simpler forms, until an equivalent equation of the form x = a, a = a, or a = b results (where a and b are different numbers). b. Solve linear equations with rational number coefficients, including equations whose solutions require expanding expressions using the distributive property and collecting like terms.


8.EE.8

8. Analyze and solve pairs of simultaneous linear equations. a. Understand that solutions to a system of two linear equations in two variables correspond to points of intersection of their graphs, because points of intersection satisfy both equations simultaneously. b. Solve systems of two linear equations in two variables algebraically, and estimate solutions by graphing the equations. Solve simple cases by inspection. For example, 3x + 2y = 5 and 3x + 2y = 6 have no solution because 3x + 2y cannot simultaneously be 5 and 6. c. Solve real-world and mathematical problems leading to two linear equations in two variables. For example, given coordinates for two pairs of points, determine whether the line through the first pair of points intersects the line through the second pair.



8. Analyze and solve pairs of simultaneous linear equations. a. Understand that solutions to a system of two linear equations in two variables correspond to points of intersection of their graphs, because points of intersection satisfy both equations simultaneously. b. Solve systems of two linear equations in two variables algebraically, and estimate solutions by graphing the equations. Solve simple cases by inspection. For example, 3x + 2y = 5 and 3x + 2y = 6 have no solution because 3x + 2y cannot simultaneously be 5 and 6. c. Solve real-world and mathematical problems leading to two linear equations in two variables. For example, given coordinates for two pairs of points, determine whether the line through the first pair of points intersects the line through the second pair.



Statistics and Probability


Investigate patterns of association in bivariate data.

8.SP.1

1. Construct and interpret scatter plots for bivariate measurement data to investigate patterns of association between two quantities. Describe patterns such as clustering, outliers, positive or negative association, linear association, and nonlinear association.


1. Construct and interpret scatter plots for bivariate measurement data to investigate patterns of association between two quantities. Describe patterns such as clustering, outliers, positive or negative association, linear association, and nonlinear association.


8.SP.2

2. Know that straight lines are widely used to model relationships between two quantitative variables. For scatter plots that suggest a linear association, informally fit a straight line, and informally assess the model fit by judging the closeness of the data points to the line.



2. Know that straight lines are widely used to model relationships between two quantitative variables. For scatter plots that suggest a linear association, informally fit a straight line, and informally assess the model fit by judging the closeness of the data points to the line.


8.SP.3

3. Use the equation of a linear model to solve problems in the context of bivariate measurement data, interpreting the slope and intercept. For example, in a linear model for a biology experiment, interpret a slope of 1.5 cm/hr as meaning that an additional hour of sunlight each day is associated with an additional 1.5 cm in mature plant height.


3. Use the equation of a linear model to solve problems in the context of bivariate measurement data, interpreting the slope and intercept. For example, in a linear model for a biology experiment, interpret a slope of 1.5 cm/hr as meaning that an additional hour of sunlight each day is associated with an additional 1.5 cm in mature plant height.



8.SP.4

4. Understand that patterns of association can also be seen in bivariate categorical data by displaying frequencies and relative frequencies in a two-way table. Construct and interpret a two-way table summarizing data on two categorical variables collected from the same subjects. Use relative frequencies calculated for rows or columns to describe possible association between the two variables. For example, collect data from students in your class on whether or not they have a curfew on school nights and whether or not they have assigned chores at home. Is there evidence that those who have a curfew also tend to have chores?


4. Understand that patterns of association can also be seen in bivariate categorical data by displaying frequencies and relative frequencies in a two-way table. Construct and interpret a two-way table summarizing data on two categorical variables collected from the same subjects. Use relative frequencies calculated for rows or columns to describe possible association between the two variables. For example, collect data from students in your class on whether or not they have a curfew on school nights and whether or not they have assigned chores at home. Is there evidence that those who have a curfew also tend to have chores?



Functions


Define, evaluate, and compare functions.

8.F.1

1. Understand that a function is a rule that assigns to each input exactly one output. The graph of a function is the set of ordered pairs consisting of an input and the corresponding output. (Function notation is not required in Grade 8.)


1. Understand that a function is a rule that assigns to each input exactly one output. The graph of a function is the set of ordered pairs consisting of an input and the corresponding output. (Function notation is not required in Grade 8.)


8.F.2

2. Compare properties of two functions each represented in a different way (algebraically, graphically, numerically in tables, or by verbal descriptions). For example, given a linear function represented by a table of values and a linear function represented by an algebraic expression, determine which function has the greater rate of change.



2. Compare properties of two functions each represented in a different way (algebraically, graphically, numerically in tables, or by verbal descriptions). For example, given a linear function represented by a table of values and a linear function represented by an algebraic expression, determine which function has the greater rate of change.


8.F.3

3. Interpret the equation y = mx + b as defining a linear function, whose graph is a straight line; give examples of functions that are not linear. For example, the function A = s2 giving the area of a square as a function of its side length is not linear because its graph contains the points (1,1), (2,4) and (3,9), which are not on a straight line.


3. Interpret the equation y = mx + b as defining a linear function, whose graph is a straight line; give examples of functions that are not linear. For example, the function A = s<sup>2</sup> giving the area of a square as a function of its side length is not linear because its graph contains the points (1,1), (2,4) and (3,9), which are not on a straight line.



Use functions to model relationships between quantities.

8.F.4

4. Construct a function to model a linear relationship between two quantities. Determine the rate of change and initial value of the function from a description of a relationship or from two (x, y) values, including reading these from a table or from a graph. Interpret the rate of change and initial value of a linear function in terms of the situation it models, and in terms of its graph or a table of values.


4. Construct a function to model a linear relationship between two quantities. Determine the rate of change and initial value of the function from a description of a relationship or from two (x, y) values, including reading these from a table or from a graph. Interpret the rate of change and initial value of a linear function in terms of the situation it models, and in terms of its graph or a table of values.


8.F.5

5. Describe qualitatively the functional relationship between two quantities by analyzing a graph (e.g., where the function is increasing or decreasing, linear or nonlinear). Sketch a graph that exhibits the qualitative features of a function that has been described verbally.



5. Describe qualitatively the functional relationship between two quantities by analyzing a graph (e.g., where the function is increasing or decreasing, linear or nonlinear). Sketch a graph that exhibits the qualitative features of a function that has been described verbally.



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: 9



Key Ideas and Details

1. Cite strong and thorough textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.


1. Cite strong and thorough textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.



Text Type and Purposes

1. Write arguments to support claims in an analysis of substantive topics or texts, using valid reasoning and relevant and sufficient evidence. a) Introduce precise claim(s), distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and create an organization that establishes clear relationships among claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence. b) Develop claim(s) and counterclaims fairly, supplying evidence for each while pointing out the strengths and limitations of both in a manner that anticipates the audience's knowledge level and concerns. c) Use words, phrases, and clauses to link the major sections of the text, create cohesion, and clarify the relationships between claim(s) and reasons, between reasons and evidence, and between claim(s) and counterclaims. d) Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone while attending to the norms and conventions of the discipline in which they are writing. e) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Initiate and participate effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-on-one, in groups, and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grades 9-10 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly and persuasively. a) Come to discussions prepared, having read and researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence from texts and other research on the topic or issue to stimulate a thoughtful, well-reasoned exchange of ideas. b) Work with peers to set rules for collegial discussions and decision-making (e.g., informal consensus, taking votes on key issues, presentation of alternate views), clear goals and deadlines, and individual roles as needed. c) Propel conversations by posing and responding to questions that relate the current discussion to broader themes or larger ideas; actively incorporate others into the discussion; and clarify, verify, or challenge ideas and conclusions. d) Respond thoughtfully to diverse perspectives, summarize points of agreement and disagreement, and, when warranted, qualify or justify their own views and understanding and make new connections in light of the evidence and reasoning presented.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Use parallel structure.* b) Use various types of phrases (noun, verb, adjectival, adverbial, participial, prepositional, absolute) and clauses (independent, dependent; noun, relative, adverbial) to convey specific meanings and add variety and interest to writing or presentations.



Key Details and Details

1. Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of primary and secondary sources, attending to such features as the date and origin of the information.



Key Ideas and Details

1. Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of science and technical texts, attending to the precise details of explanations or descriptions.



Text types and Purposes

1. Write arguments focused on discipline-specific content. a) Introduce precise claim(s), distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and create an organization that establishes clear relationships among the claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence. b) Develop claim(s) and counterclaims fairly, supplying data and evidence for each while pointing out the strengths and limitations of both claim(s) and counterclaims in a discipline-appropriate form and in a manner that anticipates the audience’s knowledge level and concerns. c) Use words, phrases, and clauses to link the major sections of the text, create cohesion, and clarify the relationships between claim(s) and reasons, between reasons and evidence, and between claim(s) and counterclaims. d) Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone while attending to the norms and conventions of the discipline in which they are writing. e) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from or supports the argument presented.



Key Ideas and Details

1. Cite strong and thorough textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.


1. Cite strong and thorough textual evidence to support analysis of what the text says explicitly as well as inferences drawn from the text.



Text Type and Purposes

1. Write arguments to support claims in an analysis of substantive topics and texts, using valid reasoning and relevant and sufficient evidence. a) Introduce precise claim(s), distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and create an organization that establishes clear relationships among claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence. b) Develop claim(s) and counterclaims fairly, supplying evidence for each while pointing out the strengths and limitations of both in a manner that anticipates the audience's knowledge level and concerns. c) Use words, phrases, and clauses to link the major sections of the text, create cohesion, and clarify the relationship between claim(s) and reasons, between reasons and evidence, and between claim(s) and counterclaims. d) Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone while attending to the norms and conventions of the discipline in which they are writing. e) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the argument presented.



Comprehension and Collaboration

1. Initiate and participate effectively in a range of collaborative discussions (one-on-one, in groups, and teacher-led) with diverse partners on grades 9-10 topics, texts, and issues, building on others’ ideas and expressing their own clearly and persuasively. a) Come to discussions prepared, having read and researched material under study; explicitly draw on that preparation by referring to evidence from texts and other research on the topic or issue to stimulate a thoughtful, well-reasoned exchange of ideas. b) Work with peers to set rules for collegial discussions and decision-making (e.g., informal consensus, taking votes on key issues, presentation of alternate views), clear goals and deadlines, and individual roles as needed. c) Propel conversations by posing and responding to questions that relate the current discussion to broader themes or larger ideas; actively incorporate others into the discussion; and clarify, verify, or challenge ideas and conclusions. d) Respond thoughtfully to diverse perspectives, summarize points of agreement and disagreement, and, when warranted, qualify or justify their own views and understanding and make new connections in light of the evidence and reasoning presented.



Conventions of Standard English

1. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English grammar and usage when writing or speaking. a) Use parallel structure.* b) Use various types of phrases (noun, verb, adjectival, adverbial, participial, prepositional, absolute) and clauses (independent, dependent; noun, relative, adverbial) to convey specific meanings and add variety and interest to writing or presentations.



Key Details and Details

1. Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of primary and secondary sources, attending to such features as the date and origin of the information.



Key Ideas and Details

1. Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of science and technical texts, attending to the precise details of explanations or descriptions.



Text types and Purposes

1. Write arguments focused on discipline-specific content. a) Introduce precise claim(s), distinguish the claim(s) from alternate or opposing claims, and create an organization that establishes clear relationships among the claim(s), counterclaims, reasons, and evidence. b) Develop claim(s) and counterclaims fairly, supplying data and evidence for each while pointing out the strengths and limitations of both claim(s) and counterclaims in a discipline-appropriate form and in a manner that anticipates the audience’s knowledge level and concerns. c) Use words, phrases, and clauses to link the major sections of the text, create cohesion, and clarify the relationships between claim(s) and reasons, between reasons and evidence, and between claim(s) and counterclaims. d) Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone while attending to the norms and conventions of the discipline in which they are writing. e) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from or supports the argument presented.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine a theme or central idea of a text and analyze in detail its development over the course of the text, including how it emerges and is shaped and refined by specific details; provide an objective summary of the text.


2. Determine a central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text, including how it emerges and is shaped and refined by specific details; provide an objective summary of the text.



Text Type and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts to examine and convey complex ideas, concepts, and information clearly and accurately through the effective selection, organization, and analysis of content. a) Introduce a topic or thesis statement; organize complex ideas, concepts, and information to make important connections and distinctions; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., figures, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. CA b) Develop the topic with well-chosen, relevant, and sufficient facts, extended definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples appropriate to the audience’s knowledge of the topic. c) Use appropriate and varied transitions to link the major sections of the text, create cohesion, and clarify the relationships among complex ideas and concepts. d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to manage the complexity of the topic. e) Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone while attending to the norms and conventions of the discipline in which they are writing. f) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented (e.g., articulating implications or the significance of the topic).



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Integrate multiple sources of information presented in diverse media or formats (e.g., visually, quantitatively, orally) evaluating the credibility and accuracy of each source.



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Use a semicolon (and perhaps a conjunctive adverb) to link two or more closely related independent clauses. b) Use a colon to introduce a list or quotation. c) Spell correctly.



Key Details and Details

2. Determine the central ideas or information of a primary or secondary source; provide an accurate summary of how key events or ideas develop over the course of the text.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine the central ideas or conclusions of a text; trace the text’s explanation or depiction of a complex process, phenomenon, or concept; provide an accurate summary of the text.



Text types and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts, including the narration of historical events, scientific procedures/experiments, or technical processes. a) Introduce a topic and organize ideas, concepts, and information to make important connections and distinctions; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., figures, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with well-chosen, relevant, and sufficient facts, extended definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples appropriate to the audience’s knowledge of the topic. c) Use varied transitions and sentence structures to link the major sections of the text, create cohesion, and clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts. d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to manage the complexity of the topic and convey a style appropriate to the discipline and context as well as to the expertise of likely readers. e) Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone while attending to the norms and conventions of the discipline in which they are writing. f) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented (e.g., articulating implications or the significance of the topic).



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine a theme or central idea of a text and analyze in detail its development over the course of the text, including how it emerges and is shaped and refined by specific details; provide an objective summary of the text.


2. Determine a central idea of a text and analyze its development over the course of the text, including how it emerges and is shaped and refined by specific details; provide an objective summary of the text.



Text Type and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts to examine and convey complex ideas, concepts, and information clearly and accurately through the effective selection, organization, and analysis of content. a) Introduce a topic; organize complex ideas, concepts, and information to make important connections and distinctions; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., figures, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with well-chosen, relevant, and sufficient facts, extended definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples appropriate to the audience’s knowledge of the topic. c) Use appropriate and varied transitions to link the major sections of the text, create cohesion, and clarify the relationships among complex ideas and concepts. Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to manage the complexity of the topic. d) Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone while attending to the norms and conventions of the discipline in which they are writing. e) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented (e.g., articulating implications or the significance of the topic).



Comprehension and Collaboration

2. Integrate multiple sources of information presented in diverse media or formats (e.g., visually, quantitatively, orally) evaluating the credibility and accuracy of each source.



Conventions of Standard English

2. Demonstrate command of the conventions of standard English capitalization, punctuation, and spelling when writing. a) Use a semicolon (and perhaps a conjunctive adverb) to link two or more closely related independent clauses. b) Use a colon to introduce a list or quotation. c) Spell correctly.



Key Details and Details

2. Determine the central ideas or information of a primary or secondary source; provide an accurate summary of how key events or ideas develop over the course of the text.



Key Ideas and Details

2. Determine the central ideas or conclusions of a text; trace the text’s explanation or depiction of a complex process, phenomenon, or concept; provide an accurate summary of the text.



Text types and Purposes

2. Write informative/explanatory texts, including the narration of historical events, scientific procedures/experiments, or technical processes. a) Introduce a topic and organize ideas, concepts, and information to make important connections and distinctions; include formatting (e.g., headings), graphics (e.g., figures, tables), and multimedia when useful to aiding comprehension. b) Develop the topic with well-chosen, relevant, and sufficient facts, extended definitions, concrete details, quotations, or other information and examples appropriate to the audience’s knowledge of the topic. c) Use varied transitions and sentence structures to link the major sections of the text, create cohesion, and clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts. d) Use precise language and domain-specific vocabulary to manage the complexity of the topic and convey a style appropriate to the discipline and context as well as to the expertise of likely readers. e) Establish and maintain a formal style and objective tone while attending to the norms and conventions of the discipline in which they are writing. f) Provide a concluding statement or section that follows from and supports the information or explanation presented (e.g., articulating implications or the significance of the topic).



Key Ideas and Details

3. Analyze how complex characters (e.g., those with multiple or conflicting motivations) develop over the course of a text, interact with other characters, and advance the plot or develop the theme.


3. Analyze how the author unfolds an analysis or series of ideas or events, including the order in which the points are made, how they are introduced and developed, and the connections that are drawn between them.



Text Type and Purposes

3. Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, well-chosen details, and well-structured event sequences. a) Engage and orient the reader by setting out a problem, situation, or observation, establishing one or multiple point(s) of view, and introducing a narrator and/or characters; create a smooth progression of experiences or events. b) Use narrative techniques, such as dialogue, pacing, description, reflection, and multiple plot lines, to develop experiences, events, and/or characters. c) Use a variety of techniques to sequence events so that they build on one another to create a coherent whole. d) Use precise words and phrases, telling details, and sensory language to convey a vivid picture of the experiences, events, setting, and/or characters. e) Provide a conclusion that follows from and reflects on what is experienced, observed, or resolved over the course of the narrative.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Evaluate a speaker’s point of view, reasoning, and use of evidence and rhetoric, identifying any fallacious reasoning or exaggerated or distorted evidence.



Knowledge of Language

3. Apply knowledge of language to understand how language functions in different contexts, to make effective choices for meaning or style, and to comprehend more fully when reading or listening. a) Write and edit work so that it conforms to the guidelines in a style manual (e.g., MLA Handbook, Turabian’s Manual for Writers) appropriate for the discipline and writing type.



Key Details and Details

3. Analyze in detail a series of events described in a text; determine whether earlier events caused later ones or simply preceded them.



Key Ideas and Details

3. Follow precisely a complex multistep procedure when carrying out experiments, taking measurements, or performing technical tasks, attending to special cases or exceptions defined in the text.



Text types and Purposes

3. (See note; not applicable as a separate requirement.) Note: Students' narrative skills continue to grow in these grades. The Standards require that students be able to incorporate narrative elements effectively into arguments and informative/explanatory texts. In history/social studies, students must be able to incorporate narrative accounts into their analyses of individuals or events of historical import. In science and technical subjects, students must be able to write precise enough descriptions of the step-by-step procedures they use in their investigations or technical work that others can replicate them and (possibly) reach the same results.



Key Ideas and Details

3. Analyze how complex characters (e.g., those with multiple or conflicting motivations) develop over the course of a text, interact with other characters, and advance the plot or develop the theme.


3. Analyze how the author unfolds an analysis or series of ideas or events, including the order in which the points are made, how they are introduced and developed, and the connections that are drawn between them.



Text Type and Purposes

3. Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective technique, well-chosen details, and well-structured event sequences. a) Engage and orient the reader by setting out a problem, situation, or observation, establishing one or multiple point(s) of view, and introducing a narrator and/or characters; create a smooth progression of experiences or events. b) Use narrative techniques, such as dialogue, pacing, description, reflection, and multiple plot lines, to develop experiences, events, and/or characters. c) Use a variety of techniques to sequence events so that they build on one another to create a coherent whole. d) Use precise words and phrases, telling details, and sensory language to convey a vivid picture of the experiences, events, setting, and/or characters. e) Provide a conclusion that follows from and reflects on what is experienced, observed, or resolved over the course of the narrative.



Comprehension and Collaboration

3. Evaluate a speaker’s point of view, reasoning, and use of evidence and rhetoric, identifying any fallacious reasoning or exaggerated or distorted evidence.



Knowledge of Language

3. Apply knowledge of language to understand how language functions in different contexts, to make effective choices for meaning or style, and to comprehend more fully when reading or listening. a) Write and edit work so that it conforms to the guidelines in a style manual (e.g., MLA Handbook, Turabian’s Manual for Writers) appropriate for the discipline and writing type.



Key Details and Details

3. Analyze in detail a series of events described in a text; determine whether earlier events caused later ones or simply preceded them.



Key Ideas and Details

3. Follow precisely a complex multistep procedure when carrying out experiments, taking measurements, or performing technical tasks, attending to special cases or exceptions defined in the text.



Text types and Purposes

3. (See note; not applicable as a separate requirement. Note: Students' narrative skills continue to grow in these grades. The Standards require that students be able to incorporate narrative elements effectively into arguments and informative/explanatory texts. In history/social studies, students must be able to incorporate narrative accounts into their analyses of individuals or events of historical import. In science and technical subjects, students must be able to write precise enough descriptions of the step-by-step procedures they use in their investigations or technical work that others can replicate them and (possibly) reach the same results.



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in the text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the cumulative impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone (e.g., how the language evokes a sense of time and place; how it sets a formal or informal tone). (See grades 9-10 Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations.) CA


4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze the cumulative impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone (e.g., how the language of a court opinion differs from that of a newspaper). (See grades 9-10 Language standards 4-6 for additional expectations.) CA



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience. (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Present information, findings, and supporting evidence clearly, concisely, and logically (using appropriate eye contact, adequate volume, and clear pronunciation) such that listeners can follow the line of reasoning and the organization, development, substance, and style are appropriate to purpose (e.g., argument, narrative, informative, response to literature presentations), audience, and task. CA a) Plan and deliver an informative/explanatory presentation that: presents evidence in support of a thesis, conveys information from primary and secondary sources coherently, uses domain specific vocabulary, and provides a conclusion that summarizes the main points. (9th or 10th grade.) CA b) Plan, memorize and present a recitation (e.g., poem, selection from a speech or dramatic soliloquy) that: conveys the meaning of the selection and includes appropriate performance techniques (e.g., tone, rate, voice modulation) to achieve the desired aesthetic effect. (9th or 10th grade.) CA



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on grades 9-10 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies. a) Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence, paragraph, or text; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase. b) Identify and correctly use patterns of word changes that indicate different meanings or parts of speech (e.g., analyze, analysis, analytical; advocate, advocacy) and continue to apply knowledge of Greek and Latin roots and affixes. CA c) Consult general and specialized reference materials (e.g., college-level dictionaries, rhyming dictionaries, bilingual dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning, its part of speech, or its etymology. CA d) Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including vocabulary describing political, social, or economic aspects of history/social studies.


4. Determine the meaning of symbols, key terms, and other domain-specific words and phrases as they are used in a specific scientific or technical context relevant to grades 9-10 texts and topics.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in the text, including figurative and connotative meanings; analyze the cumulative impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone (e.g., how the language evokes a sense of time and place; how it sets a formal or informal tone).


4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative, connotative, and technical meanings; analyze the cumulative impact of specific word choices on meaning and tone (e.g., how the language of a court opinion differs from that of a newspaper).



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience. (Grade-specific expectations for writing types are defined in standards 1-3 above.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

4. Present information, findings, and supporting evidence clearly, concisely, and logically such that listeners can follow the line of reasoning and the organization, development, substance, and style are appropriate to purpose, audience, and task.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

4. Determine or clarify the meaning of unknown and multiple-meaning words and phrases based on grades 9-10 reading and content, choosing flexibly from a range of strategies. a) Use context (e.g., the overall meaning of a sentence, paragraph, or text; a word’s position or function in a sentence) as a clue to the meaning of a word or phrase. b) Identify and correctly use patterns of word changes that indicate different meanings or parts of speech (e.g., analyze, analysis, analytical; advocate, advocacy). c) Consult general and specialized reference materials (e.g., dictionaries, glossaries, thesauruses), both print and digital, to find the pronunciation of a word or determine or clarify its precise meaning, its part of speech, or its etymology. d) Verify the preliminary determination of the meaning of a word or phrase (e.g., by checking the inferred meaning in context or in a dictionary).



Craft and Structure

4. Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including vocabulary describing political, social, or economic aspects of history/social science.


4. Determine the meaning of symbols, key terms, and other domain-specific words and phrases as they are used in a specific scientific or technical context relevant to grades 9-10 texts and topics.



Production and Distribution of Writing

4. Produce clear and coherent writing in which the development, organization, and style are appropriate to task, purpose, and audience.



Craft and Structure

5. Analyze how an author’s choices concerning how to structure a text, order events within it (e.g., parallel plots), and manipulate time (e.g., pacing, flashbacks) create such effects as mystery, tension, or surprise.


5. Analyze in detail how an author’s ideas or claims are developed and refined by particular sentences, paragraphs, or larger portions of a text (e.g., a section or chapter). a) Analyze the use of text features (e.g., graphics, headers, captions) in functional workplace documents. CA



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. Develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach, focusing on addressing what is most significant for a specific purpose and audience. (Editing for conventions should demonstrate command of Language standards 1-3 up to and including grades 9-10.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Make strategic use of digital media (e.g., textual, graphical, audio, visual, and interactive elements) in presentations to enhance understanding of findings, reasoning, and evidence and to add interest.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings. a) Interpret figures of speech (e.g., euphemism, oxymoron) in context and analyze their role in the text. b) Analyze nuances in the meaning of words with similar denotations.



Craft and Structure

5. Analyze how a text uses structure to emphasize key points or advance an explanation or analysis.


5. Analyze the structure of the relationships among concepts in a text, including relationships among key terms (e.g., force, friction, reaction force, energy).



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. Develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach, focusing on addressing what is most significant for a specific purpose and audience.



Craft and Structure

5. Analyze how an author’s choices concerning how to structure a text, order events within it (e.g., parallel plots), and manipulate time (e.g., pacing, flashbacks) create such effects as mystery, tension, or surprise.


5. Analyze in detail how an author’s ideas or claims are developed and refined by particular sentences, paragraphs, or larger portions of a text (e.g., a section or chapter).



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. Develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach, focusing on addressing what is most significant for a specific purpose and audience. (Editing for conventions should demonstrate command of Language standards 1-3 up to and including grades 9-10.)



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

5. Make strategic use of digital media (e.g., textual, graphical, audio, visual, and interactive elements) in presentations to enhance understanding of findings, reasoning, and evidence and to add interest.



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

5. Demonstrate understanding of figurative language, word relationships, and nuances in word meanings. a) Interpret figures of speech (e.g., euphemism, oxymoron) in context and analyze their role in the text. b) Analyze nuances in the meaning of words with similar denotations.



Craft and Structure

5. Analyze how a text uses structure to emphasize key points or advance an explanation or analysis.


5. Analyze the structure of the relationships among concepts in a text, including relationships among key terms (e.g., force, friction, reaction force, energy).



Production and Distribution of Writing

5. Develop and strengthen writing as needed by planning, revising, editing, rewriting, or trying a new approach, focusing on addressing what is most significant for a specific purpose and audience.



Craft and Structure

6. Analyze a particular point of view or cultural experience reflected in a work of literature from outside the United States, drawing on a wide reading of world literature.


6. Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text and analyze how an author uses rhetoric to advance that point of view or purpose.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. Use technology, including the Internet, to produce, publish, and update individual or shared writing products, taking advantage of technology’s capacity to link to other information and to display information flexibly and dynamically.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Adapt speech to a variety of contexts and tasks, demonstrating command of formal English when indicated or appropriate. (See grades 9-10 Language standards 1 and 3 for specific expectations.)



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Acquire and use accurately general academic and domain-specific words and phrases, sufficient for reading, writing, speaking, and listening at the college and career readiness level; demonstrate independence in gathering vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.



Craft and Structure

6. Compare the point of view of two or more authors for how they treat the same or similar topics, including which details they include and emphasize in their respective accounts.


6. Analyze the author’s purpose in providing an explanation, describing a procedure, or discussing an experiment in a text, defining the question the author seeks to address.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. Use technology, including the Internet, to produce, publish, and update individual or shared writing products, taking advantage of technology’s capacity to link to other information and to display information flexibly and dynamically.



Craft and Structure

6. Analyze a particular point of view or cultural experience reflected in a work of literature from outside the United States, drawing on a wide reading of world literature.


6. Determine an author’s point of view or purpose in a text and analyze how an author uses rhetoric to advance that point of view or purpose.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. Use technology, including the Internet, to produce, publish, and update individual or shared writing products, taking advantage of technology’s capacity to link to other information and to display information flexibly and dynamically.



Presentation of Knowledge and Ideas

6. Adapt speech to a variety of contexts and tasks, demonstrating command of formal English when indicated or appropriate. (See grades 9-10 Language standards 1 and 3 for specific expectations.)



Vocabulary Acquisition and Use

6. Acquire and use accurately general academic domain-specific words and phrases, sufficient for reading, writing, speaking, and listening at the college and career readiness level; demonstrate independence in gathering vocabulary knowledge when considering a word or phrase important to comprehension or expression.



Craft and Structure

6. Compare the point of view of two or more authors for how they treat the same or similar topics, including which details they include and emphasize in their respective accounts.


6. Analyze the author’s purpose in providing an explanation, describing a procedure, or discussing an experiment in a text, defining the question the author seeks to address.



Production and Distribution of Writing

6. Use technology, including the Internet, to produce, publish, and update individual or shared writing products, taking advantage of technology’s capacity to link to other information and to display information flexibly and dynamically.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Analyze the representation of a subject or a key scene in two different artistic mediums, including what is emphasized or absent in each treatment (e.g., Auden’s “Musée des Beaux Arts” and Breughel’s Landscape with the Fall of Icarus).


7. Analyze various accounts of a subject told in different mediums (e.g., a person’s life story in both print and multimedia), determining which details are emphasized in each account.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short as well as more sustained research projects to answer a question (including a self-generated question) or solve a problem; narrow or broaden the inquiry when appropriate; synthesize multiple sources on the subject, demonstrating understanding of the subject under investigation.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Integrate quantitative or technical analysis (e.g., charts, research data) with qualitative analysis in print or digital text.


7. Translate quantitative or technical information expressed in words in a text into visual form (e.g., a table or chart) and translate information expressed visually or mathematically (e.g., in an equation) into words.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short as well as more sustained research projects to answer a question (including a self-generated question) or solve a problem; narrow or broaden the inquiry when appropriate; synthesize multiple sources on the subject, demonstrating understanding of the subject under investigation.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Analyze the representation of a subject or a key scene in two different artistic mediums, including what is emphasized or absent in each treatment (e.g., Auden’s “Musée des Beaux Arts” and Breughel’s Landscape with the Fall of Icarus).


7. Analyze various accounts of a subject told in different mediums (e.g., a person’s life story in both print and multimedia), determining which details are emphasized in each account.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short as well as more sustained research projects to answer a question (including a self-generated question) or solve a problem; narrow or broaden the inquiry when appropriate; synthesize multiple sources on the subject, demonstrating understanding of the subject under investigation.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

7. Integrate quantitative or technical analysis (e.g., charts, research data) with qualitative analysis in print or digital text.


7. Translate quantitative or technical information expressed in words in a text into visual form (e.g., a table or chart) and translate information expressed visually or mathematically (e.g., in an equation) into words.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

7. Conduct short as well as more sustained research projects to answer a question (including a self-generated question) or solve a problem; narrow or broaden the inquiry when appropriate; synthesize multiple sources on the subject, demonstrating understanding of the subject under investigation.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. Delineate and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is valid and the evidence is relevant and sufficient; identify false statements and fallacious reasoning.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Gather relevant information from multiple authoritative print and digital sources, using advanced searches effectively; assess the usefulness of each source in answering the research question; integrate information into the text selectively to maintain the flow of ideas, avoiding plagiarism and following a standard format for citation including footnotes and endnotes. CA



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. Assess the extent to which the reasoning and evidence in a text support the author’s claims.


8. Assess the extent to which the reasoning and evidence in a text support the author’s claim or a recommendation for solving a scientific or technical problem.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Gather relevant information from multiple authoritative print and digital sources (primary and secondary), using advanced searches effectively; assess the usefulness of each source in answering the research question; integrate information into the text selectively to maintain the flow of ideas, avoiding plagiarism and following a standard format for citation. CA



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. (Not applicable to literature)


8. Delineate and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is valid and the evidence is relevant and sufficient; identify false statements and fallacious reasoning.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Gather relevant information from multiple authoritative print and digital sources, using advanced searches effectively; assess the usefulness of each source in answering the research question; integrate information into the text selectively to maintain the flow of ideas, avoiding plagiarism and following a standard format for citation.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

8. Assess the extent to which the reasoning and evidence in a text support the author’s claims.


8. Assess the extent to which the reasoning and evidence in a text support the author’s claim or a recommendation for solving a scientific or technical problem.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

8. Gather relevant information from multiple authoritative print and digital sources using advanced searches effectively; assess the usefulness of each source in answering the research question; integrate information into the text selectively to maintain the flow of ideas, avoiding plagiarism and following a standard format for citation.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Analyze how an author draws on and transforms source material in a specific work (e.g., how Shakespeare treats a theme or topic from Ovid or the Bible or how a later author draws on a play by Shakespeare).


9. Analyze seminal U.S. documents of historical and literary significance (e.g., Washington’s Farewell Address, the Gettysburg Address, Roosevelt’s Four Freedoms speech, King’s “Letter from Birmingham Jail”), including how they address related themes and concepts.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research. a) Apply grades 9-10 Reading standards to literature (e.g., “Analyze how an author draws on and transforms source material in a specific work [e.g., how Shakespeare treats a theme or topic from Ovid or the Bible or how a later author draws on a play by Shakespeare]”). b) Apply grades 9-10 Reading standards to literary nonfiction (e.g., “Delineate and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is valid and the evidence is relevant and sufficient; identify false statements and fallacious reasoning”).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Compare and contrast treatments of the same topic in several primary and secondary sources.


9. Compare and contrast findings presented in a text to those from other sources (including their own experiments), noting when the findings support or contradict previous explanations or accounts.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research.



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Analyze how an author draws on and transforms source material in a specific work (e.g., how Shakespeare treats a theme or topic from Ovid or the Bible or how a later author draws on a play by Shakespeare).


9. Analyze seminal U.S. documents of historical and literary significance (e.g., Washington’s Farewell Address, the Gettysburg Address, Roosevelt’s Four Freedoms speech, King’s “Letter from Birmingham Jail”), including how they address related themes and concepts.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from literary or informational texts to support analysis, reflection, and research. a) Apply grades 9-10 Reading standards to literature (e.g., “Analyze how an author draws on and transforms source material in a specific work [e.g., how Shakespeare treats a theme or topic from Ovid or the Bible or how a later author draws on a play by Shakespeare]”). b) Apply grades 9-10 Reading standards to literary nonfiction (e.g., “Delineate and evaluate the argument and specific claims in a text, assessing whether the reasoning is valid and the evidence is relevant and sufficient; identify false statements and fallacious reasoning”).



Integration of Knowledge and Ideas

9. Compare and contrast treatments of the same topic in several primary and secondary sources.


9. Compare and contrast findings presented in a text to those from other sources (including their own experiments), noting when the findings support or contradict previous explanations or accounts.



Research to Build and Present Knowledge

9. Draw evidence from informational texts to support analysis reflection, and research.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of grade 9, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poems, in the grades 9-10 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.


10. By the end of grade 9, read and comprehend literary nonfiction in the grades 9-10 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of tasks, purposes, and audiences.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of grade 10, read and comprehend history/social studies texts in the grades 9-10 text complexity band independently and proficiently.


10. By the end of grade 10, read and comprehend science/technical texts in the grades 9-10 text complexity band independently and proficiently.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of grade 9, read and comprehend literature, including stories, dramas, and poems, in the grades 9-10 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.


10. By the end of grade 9, read and comprehend literary nonfiction in the grades 9-10 text complexity band proficiently, with scaffolding as needed at the high end of the range.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for research, reflection, and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of tasks, purposes, and audiences.



Range of Reading and Level of Text Complexity

10. By the end of grade 10, read and comprehend history/social studies texts in the grades 9-10 text complexity band independently and proficiently.


10. By the end of grade 10, read and comprehend science/technical texts in the grades 9-10 text complexity band independently and proficiently.



Range of Writing

10. Write routinely over extended time frames (time for reflection and revision) and shorter time frames (a single sitting or a day or two) for a range of discipline-specific tasks, purposes, and audiences.



  • Bold font indicates California's additions to the Common Core State Standards.
  • Indicates additional mathematics to prepare students for advanced courses.
  • Indicates a modeling standard linking mathematics to everyday life, work, and decision-making.

Grade Level: 9-12



Extend the properties of exponents to rational exponents.

HSN-RN.1

1. Explain how the definition of the meaning of rational exponents follows from extending the properties of integer exponents to those values, allowing for a notation for radicals in terms of rational exponents. For example, we define 51/3 to be the cube root of 5 because we want (51/3)3 = 5(1/3)3 to hold, so (51/3)3 must equal 5.



Extend the properties of exponents to rational exponents

1. Explain how the definition of the meaning of rational exponents follows from extending the properties of integer exponents to those values, allowing for a notation for radicals in terms of rational exponents. For example, we define 5<sup>1/3</sup> to be the cube root of 5 because we want (5<sup>1/3</sup>)<sup>3</sup> = 5<sup>(1/3)3</sup> to hold, so (5<sup>1/3</sup>)<sup>3</sup> must equal 5.



Extend the properties of exponents to rational exponents.

HSN-RN.2

2. Rewrite expressions involving radicals and rational exponents using the properties of exponents.



Extend the properties of exponents to rational exponents

2. Rewrite expressions involving radicals and rational exponents using the properties of exponents.



Use properties of rational and irrational numbers.

HSN-RN.3

3. Explain why the sum or product of two rational numbers is rational; that the sum of a rational number and an irrational number is irrational; and that the product of a nonzero rational number and an irrational number is irrational.


3. Explain why the sum or product of two rational numbers is rational; that the sum of a rational number and an irrational number is irrational; and that the product of a nonzero rational number and an irrational number is irrational.




Reason quantitatively and use units to solve problems.

HSN-Q.1

1. Use units as a way to understand problems and to guide the solution of multi-step problems; choose and interpret units consistently in formulas; choose and interpret the scale and the origin in graphs and data displays.


1. Use units as a way to understand problems and to guide the solution of multi-step problems; choose and interpret units consistently in formulas; choose and interpret the scale and the origin in graphs and data displays.


HSN-Q.2

2. Define appropriate quantities for the purpose of descriptive modeling.



<